Democracy Spraffa

Item 4(vii) LRB-2022-64

Perth and Kinross Council · 13 February 2023
Back to Local Review Body — 13 February 2023 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

4(vii)
LRB-2022-64
LRB-2022-64
22/01009/IPL - Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle),
land 35 metres south west of Tethyknowe House,
Blairingone, FK14 7ND
INDEX
(a) Papers submitted by the Applicant (Pages 687-890)
(b) Decision Notice (Pages 751-752)
Report of Handling (Pages 753-762)
Reference Documents (Pages 773-889 and 893)
(c) Representations (Pages 895-956)
685

Page 2

686

Page 3

4(vii)(a)
LRB-2022-64
LRB-2022-64
22/01009/IPL - Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle),
land 35 metres south west of Tethyknowe House,
Blairingone, FK14 7ND
PAPERS SUBMITTED
BY THE
APPLICANT
687

Page 4

688

Page 5

Page 1 of 5
Pullar House 35 Kinnoull Street Perth PH1 5GD  Tel: 01738 475300  Fax: 01738 475310  Email: onlineapps@pkc.gov.uk
Applications cannot be validated until all the necessary documentation has been submitted and the required fee has been paid.
Thank you for completing this application form:
ONLINE REFERENCE 100607124-002
The online reference is the unique reference for your online form only. The  Planning Authority will allocate an Application Number when
your form is validated. Please quote this reference if you need to contact the planning Authority about this application.
Applicant or Agent Details
Are you an applicant or an agent? * (An agent is an architect, consultant or someone else acting
on behalf of the applicant in connection with this application)  Applicant  Agent
Agent Details
Please enter Agent details
Company/Organisation:
Ref. Number: You must enter a Building Name or Number, or both: *
First Name: * Building Name:
Last Name: * Building Number:
Address 1
Telephone Number: * (Street): *
Extension Number: Address 2:
Mobile Number: Town/City: *
Fax Number: Country: *
Postcode: *
Email Address: *
Is the applicant an individual or an organisation/corporate entity? *
  Individual    Organisation/Corporate entity
Houghton Planning Ltd
Paul
Houghton MRTPI
Whins Road
Alloa Business Centre
07780117708
FK10 3RF
Scotland
Clacks
Alloa
paul@houghtonplanning.co.uk
689

Page 6

Page 2 of 5
Applicant Details
Please enter Applicant details
Title: You must enter a Building Name or Number, or both: *
Other Title: Building Name:
First Name: * Building Number:
Address 1
Last Name: * (Street): *
Company/Organisation Address 2:
Telephone Number: * Town/City: *
Extension Number: Country: *
Mobile Number: Postcode: *
Fax Number:
Email Address: *
Site Address Details
Planning Authority:
Full postal address of the site (including postcode where available):
Address 1: 
Address 2:
Address 3:
Address 4:
Address 5:
Town/City/Settlement:
Post Code:
Please identify/describe the location of the site or sites
Northing Easting
TETHYKNOWE HOUSE
Perth and Kinross Council
BLAIRINGONE
Cooperage Way
Unit 4
DOLLAR
FK14 7ND
FK10 3LP
Clacks
695260
Alloa
301493
paul@houghtonplanning.co.uk
Kaas Ventures Ltd
690

Page 7

Page 3 of 5
Description of Proposal
Please provide a description of your proposal to which your review relates. The description should be the same as given in the
application form, or as amended with the agreement of the planning authority: *
(Max 500 characters)
Type of Application
What type of application did you submit to the planning authority? *
  Application for planning permission (including householder application but excluding application to work minerals).
  Application for planning permission in principle.
  Further application.
  Application for approval of matters specified in conditions.
What does your review relate to? *
  Refusal Notice.
 Grant of permission with Conditions imposed.
  No decision reached within the prescribed period (two months after validation date or any agreed extension) – deemed refusal.
Statement of reasons for seeking review
You must state in full, why you are a seeking a review of the planning authority’s decision (or failure to make a decision). Your statement
must set out all matters you consider require  to be taken into account in determining your review. If necessary this can be provided as a
separate document in the ‘Supporting Documents’ section: *  (Max 500 characters)
Note: you are unlikely to have a further opportunity to add to your statement of appeal at a later date, so it is essential that you produce
all of the information you want the decision-maker to take into account.
You should not however raise any new matter which was not before the planning authority at the time it decided your application (or at
the time expiry of the period of determination), unless you can demonstrate that the new matter could not have been raised before that
time or that it not being raised before that time is a consequence of exceptional circumstances.
Have you raised any matters which were not before the appointed officer  at the time the  Yes   No
Determination on your application was made? *
If yes, you should explain in the box below, why you are raising the new matter, why it was not raised with the appointed officer before
your application was determined and why you consider it should be considered in your review: * (Max 500 characters)
Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle)
See Local Review Statement
691

Page 8

Page 4 of 5
Please provide a list of all supporting documents, materials and evidence which you wish to submit with your notice of review and intend
to rely on in support of your review. You can attach these documents electronically later in the process: * (Max 500 characters)
Application Details
Please provide the application reference no. given to you by your planning
authority for your previous application.
What date was the application submitted to the planning authority? *
What date was the decision issued by the planning authority? *
Review Procedure
The Local Review Body will decide on the procedure to be used to determine your review and may at any time during the review
process require that further information or representations be made to enable them to determine the review. Further information may be
required by one or a combination of procedures, such as: written submissions; the holding of one or more hearing sessions and/or
inspecting the land which is the subject of the review case.
Can this review continue to a conclusion, in your opinion, based on a review of the relevant information provided by yourself and other
parties only,  without any further procedures? For example, written submission, hearing session, site inspection. *
 Yes   No
Please indicate what procedure (or combination of procedures) you think is most appropriate for the handling of your review. You may
select more than one option if you wish the review to be a combination of procedures.
Please select a further procedure *
Please explain in detail in your own words why this further procedure is required and the matters set out in your statement of appeal it
will deal with?  (Max 500 characters)
Please select a further procedure *
Please explain in detail in your own words why this further procedure is required and the matters set out in your statement of appeal it
will deal with?  (Max 500 characters)
In the event that the Local Review Body appointed to consider your application decides to inspect the site, in your opinion:
Can the site be clearly seen from a road or public land? *  Yes   No
Is it possible for the site to be accessed safely and without barriers to entry? *  Yes    No
Application as submitted Report of Handling Decision Notice Local Review Statement
22/01009/IPL
08/11/2022
Holding one or more hearing sessions on specific matters
By means of inspection of the land to which the review relates
01/06/2022
See Local Review Statement
See Local Review Statement
692

Page 9

Page 5 of 5
If there are reasons why you think the local Review Body would be unable to undertake an unaccompanied site inspection, please
explain here.  (Max 500 characters)
Checklist – Application for Notice of Review
Please complete the following checklist to make sure  you have provided all the necessary information in support of your appeal. Failure
to submit all this  information may result in your appeal  being deemed invalid.
Have you provided the name and address of the applicant?.  *  Yes   No
Have you provided the date and reference number of the application which is the subject of this  Yes   No
review? *
If you are the agent, acting on behalf of the applicant, have you provided details of your name  Yes   No   N/A
and address and indicated whether any notice or correspondence required in connection with the
review should be sent to you or the applicant? *
Have you provided a statement setting out your reasons for requiring a review and by what  Yes   No
procedure (or combination of procedures) you wish the review to be conducted? *
Note: You must state, in full, why you are seeking a review on your application. Your statement must set out all matters you consider
require to be taken into account in determining your review. You may not have a further opportunity to add to your statement of review
at a later date. It is therefore essential that you submit with your notice of review, all necessary information and evidence that you rely
on and wish the Local Review Body to consider as part of your review.
Please attach a copy of all documents, material and evidence which you intend to rely on  Yes   No
(e.g. plans and Drawings) which are now the subject of this review *
Note: Where the review relates to a further application e.g. renewal of planning permission or modification, variation or removal of a
planning condition or where it relates to an application for approval of matters specified in conditions, it is advisable to provide the
application reference number, approved plans and decision notice (if any) from the earlier consent.
Declare – Notice of Review
I/We the applicant/agent certify that this is an application for review on the grounds stated.
Declaration Name: Mr Paul Houghton MRTPI
Declaration Date: 18/11/2022
Site is fenced for safety.
693

Page 10

694

Page 11

Houghton Planning Ltd, Alloa Business Centre, Whins Road, Alloa, Clackmannanshire, FK10 3SA 
Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, Dollar, FK14 7ND 
Local Review Statement 
Introduction 
Houghton Planning Ltd has been instructed by Kaas Ventures Ltd to submit Local Reviews
following the refusal under delegated powers of two Applications for Planning Permission in
Principle (PPP) for a ‘Single dwelling and garage’ at the above site. 
• 22/01010/IPL Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle) (which will hereafter be
referred to as the East Plot); and 
• 22/01009/IPL Erection of a dwellinghouse and garage (in principle) (which will
hereafter be referred to as the West Plot) 
Tethyknowe House itself is excluded from both Applications, and will be refurbished and sold
at the right time, with a smaller garden area assuming one or both current Applications are
successful. 
The East Plot was refused PPP on the 9th of November 2022, and the West Plot was refused
PPP on the 8th of November 2022, both for the following four reasons: 
“1. The proposed development is contrary to Placemaking Policies 1A and 1B of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019). Residential development of this
site would not contribute positively to the built and natural environment and detract
from the landscaped setting of the existing building group. 
2.   The proposal is contrary to Policy 19, Housing in the Countryside, of the Perth and
Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) and the associated Housing in the
Countryside Supplementary Guidance (March 2020) as it does not meet any of the
criteria within the categories 1) Building Groups, 2) Infill sites, 3) New houses in the
open countryside, 4) Renovation or replacement of houses, 5) Conversion or
replacement of redundant non-domestic buildings and 6) Development on rural
brownfield land.     Development of the proposed site would not integrate into or
enhance the surrounding environment and would detract from the visual amenity of
the existing building group and surrounding area. 
3.   The proposal is contrary to Policy 39, Landscape, of the Perth ad Kinross Local
Development Plan 2 (2019). This requires proposals to be compatible with the
distinctive characteristics and features of Perth and Kinross's landscapes and not erode
local distinctiveness, diversity and quality and the quality of landscape experience.
Development of the site would significantly diminish the landscape setting of the wider
building group and would erode local distinctiveness and the historic and cultural
dimension of the local landscape. 
695

Page 12

4.   The proposal is contrary to Policy 40A, Forest and Woodland Strategy, of the Perth
and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) that seeks to protect existing trees and
woodland. It is also contrary to Policy 40B, Trees, Woodland and Development, of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) which states that there will be a
presumption in favour of protecting woodland resources. It has not been
demonstrated that development of the site can be achieved without significant impact
on the existing woodland resource.” 
The Applicant requests that the Local Review Body (LRB) visits the site because a number of
the reasons for refusal relate to the layout of the site, and current site conditions, such as the
positions of trees. A hearing would also allow the LRB to question the Applicant and Agent on
the proposals. 
It should also be said at the outset, that the case officer seems to have considered some issues
based on cumulative impact, i.e. both Applications being approved. Obviously, the Applicant
hopes that the LRB will allow both plots to proceed, but accepts that each must be considered
on its individual merits, and the situation may arise where only one plot is found to be
acceptable. In such circumstances, issues such as alleged pressure for tree removal, traffic
generation etc will be less because that area that does not have consent for a new dwelling
will simply remain as part of the extended garden of Tethyknowe House. 
The Site 
Tethyknowe House is situated just over three kilometres south east of Blairingone. It
comprises a large detached and dilapidated villa, which is set within mature gardens, with
trees within and fringing the site. 
The main house forms part of a Building Group, with six other newer substantial detached
properties, which all take access via a private tree-lined road that connects to the U213, and
which itself connects with the wider road network to the west and east. 
The private road is owned by all the properties forming the Building Group. Tethyknowe
House has a right to use that road, and that right can be taken up by any new dwellings built
on the Tethyknowe House garden ground. The Applicant has received a legal opinion that this
can happen, which is attached. 
The two plots are not the subject of any national, regional, or local, designations, and are not
within an area that is identified as at risk of flooding. That said, because of the mature gardens
and trees, both a Tree Survey and Preliminary Ecological Assessment have been prepared,
and were submitted with the Applications. An update to the Preliminary Ecological
Assessment has also been prepared that includes the update survey undertaken in August
2022, and makes recommendations in light of the revised proposals for Tethyknowe House,
and the feedback received from the Council (copy attached). These cover the entirety of the
site, i.e. both the West Plot and East Plot and, indeed, Tethyknowe House itself. 
The West Plot is located to the south west of Tethyknowe. It can be distinguished from the
East Plot in that is has been the subject of previous industrial use, which has only recently
ended. This has significantly degraded this site, and so it can be regarded as brownfield. This
area has the remnants of heavy engineering tools, oil drums and equipment, and various
696

Page 13

buildings, which were used for metal fabrication. A full intrusive investigation has not taken
place, but commentary of this land is included in the Geo-environmental Design Report, and
there is likely to be contamination that needs to be dealt with in developing the land for a
new dwelling. 
The East Plot is located to the south east of Tethyknowe, and is an open and undeveloped
area of garden ground that sits at a lower level than the main house. It is bounded to the
north by the garden boundary of no. 6 Tethyknowe Steading; to the east by the garden of no.
5 Tethyknowe Steading; to the south by mature trees forming the boundary of Tethyknowe’s
garden; and to the west borders the proposed West Plot, and the former industrial site. 
The Proposal 
The proposal is to build a single detached dwelling on each plot, probably with a separate
garage. Each would be served by connecting to the existing Tethyknowe driveway, and then
via that to the existing shared private road. 
The two Site Plans show an indicative position, and orientation, for the dwellings that avoids
the remaining trees on site, but all details, other than access, are being left for later approval. 
Each proposed dwelling will be designed to take full advantage of the southern aspect, with
the Applicant’s aspiration being for a contemporary design, grounded by vernacular materials
and detailing, but tending toward Passive House type standard in its environmental
credentials. 
Foul drainage for the dwellings will be to a bio-disc treatment plant, and below ground soak-
away. 
Storm water outfall from the development will be taken to a neighbouring water course to
the south via an existing piped discharge. 
Planning Policy and Guidance 
The relevant policy and guidance as set out in the Report of Handling is agreed. 
Consultation Responses 
No comment. 
Representations 
The Applicant’s response to the representations is as follows: 
• Access – As already explained, the Applicant has a right of access over the shared road
to Tethyknowe, and that legal right can be shared with any new plots created. 
• Road – The road to which the access road is attached is more than capable of taking
the additional traffic this development will generate, as it has the traffic generated by
the existing new houses at Tethyknowe. 
• Utilities – It is correct that no utilities connections have yet been agreed. That is
entirely normal for this stage in the development process. All appropriate consents
697

Page 14

will be obtained at Building Warrant stage, and prior to development commencing on
site.
• Ecology – The Applicant is content to install bat boxes, squirrel boxes, and help with
hedgehog conservation on site.
• Trees – Trees have been removed by the previous owner from within the garden of
Tethyknowe House. This did not require any consent from the local authority, and is
exempt from the need for a felling license, although the tree consultant, and
contractor, did the work followed advice from Scottish Forestry. Only trees that were
recommended for removal by the tree consultant were felled. 
• Foul Drainage – The current thought is for each plot to have its own septic tank.
• Design – The dwellings do not need to be one and a half storey, and could be two
storeys, and still fit in with the character of the local area. 
Planning Appraisal 
Principle – East Plot 
In terms of ‘Category 1 - Building Groups’, the two plots clearly sit within the landscape setting
of the Building Group that is defined by the mature planting and trees along the southern
garden boundary of Tethyknowe House, and the existence of development to the immediate
east and north (nos. 6 and 5 Tethyknowe Steading). 
Viewed on an Ordnance Survey base (first image below), you can identify the Group in two
ways. Firstly, you can define it as including all dwellings, gardens, and roads, including the
private road, and the trees that fringe that road (blue line below), or, secondly, you can
exclude the private road, and instead define it as just including those areas that are dwellings
and their related domestic gardens (red line below). Whichever one you use; the two plots
clearly fall within the Group. This is even more obvious if you look at an aerial image (second
image below) where the Group is easy to pick out, with the mature trees defining it to the
west and south, and gardens boundaries to the north and east, and with both plots falling full
square within the Group. 
698

Page 15

Dealing with the remaining requirements for a plot to be accepted within a Group, then the
existing trees will also mean that the new dwellings will barely be seen in the wider landscape.
The only views of the Group are from the U213, which will be transitory, and, due the distance
involved, the existing houses are barely seen (see image below). In this photograph, 5
Tethyknowe is just visible on the eastern extremity of the view, and a small part of the roof
of 4 Tethyknowe is also just visible next to this. Tethyknowe House itself can just be seen
through the trees if you look hard. 
699

Page 16

We are aware that the immediate neighbour at no. 6 Tethyknowe Steading may be concerned
that a new dwelling on the East Plot will interrupt their southerly view. In response, it is an
accepted planning dictum that there is no right to a view. However, the Applicant is
nonetheless prepared to restrict the dwelling here to single storey, or one and a half storey,
to reduce its impact, which will anyway be partially mitigated by the levels difference. 
Principle – West Plot 
The main argument in favour of a new dwelling on the West Plot is that this site is severely
degraded, due to its previous industrial use, and its redevelopment will allow for the
contamination that is certainly present to be dealt with. As such, it is acceptable under 
‘Category 5 - Conversion or replacement of redundant traditional non-domestic buildings’. 
Furthermore, although it need not be shown that it also complies with another Category, it
can also be argued that ‘Category 1 - Building Groups’ is relevant, as explained above. This is
because the West Plot clearly sits within the landscape setting of the Building Group that is
defined on this edge by the mature planting, and the trees on the edge of the Tethyknowe
garden. 
With a compelling argument in favour of a dwelling being acceptable on each plot that just
leaves the details to be considered. 
700

Page 17

Design and Layout 
The design and layout of both plots is being left for later approval, as explained above.
However, the positioning and orientation of the proposed dwellings, as far as that is shown
on the indicative Site Plans do fit with the wider Group. 
Contrary to what is said in the Report of Handling, the two plots will not impinge upon the
setting or amenity of the existing houses, or Tethyknowe House, itself. These matters can all
be controlled by planning condition that can ensure that the proposed houses are of the right
scale to ensure that no residential amenity impacts occur. Given the generosity of the two
plots, and the levels changes, which would be appreciated at a site visit, and the existing trees
and understorey planting, two new dwellings here would fit well with the character of what
already exists. 
There is unlikely to be need for any further trees to be removed to allow the dwellings to be
built, and the Applicant would anyway accept a planning condition to protect those that
remain. The Applicant is also prepared to instigate a re-planting scheme of trees, within a
new landscape framework for each new dwelling, which can, again, be a planning condition. 
The remaining trees will ensure that the landscape screen mentioned by the case officer will
remain, and so the comments about an “erosion of local distinctiveness” will simply not occur.
These two new properties will sit within a landscaped setting that is mature, and will be less
visible than the newer properties to the north, which have little by way of a landscape screen,
and are far more visible in local views. 
A Tree Survey has been prepared, and this shows how development can take place without
leading to the loss of any of the remaining mature trees. Site infrastructure also takes
cognisance of the existing woodland resource. 
No request for a further tree survey was forthcoming from the case officer, presumably
because it was felt that this could be covered by a planning condition. 
Residential Amenity 
There will be overlooking, loss of privacy, or loss of sunlight/daylight, issues for existing or,
indeed, proposed dwellings. 
The trees will not impinge unduly on natural light, and can be protected anyway by planning
condition, as explained above. 
Visual Amenity 
There is no intention to remove any more trees, so the potential visual impact will not occur. 
Roads and Access 
A planning condition to protect the path is acceptable. 
701

Page 18

Although the Applicant has a right to use the road, there is no right to alter it, so a condition
requiring a passing place could not be implemented. As Transport Planning have not required
this, a planning condition is not warranted. 
Drainage and Flooding 
No comment.  
Conservation Considerations 
Tethyknowe House will be kept, and refurbished. Some change to its setting will occur, but
from the main driveway it will still appear the dominant property in the cluster. 
The grounds themselves are in a poor state, and have no historic interest remaining. The new
development represents a much better use for the land, and will also facilitate its de-
contamination. 
Natural Heritage and Biodiversity 
A Preliminary Ecological Assessment has been prepared, and offers conclusions and
recommended advice on bats, red squirrel, and birds. The recommendation will all be
followed in full. 
Contaminated Land  
No comment. 
Coal 
No comment. 
Zero Carbon 
No comment. 
Developer Contributions 
No comment. 
Economic Impact 
The economic impact of the proposal will not be minimal. Each house will contribute
£500,000 directly into the local construction economy. 
The Applicant is also a local company, and will be employing local contractors to do the work.
That will support local jobs during a difficult period for the construction industry. 
The new dwellings will also generate Council Tax, which will aid the Council in delivering on
its priorities. 
702

Page 19

Conclusion 
Based upon the above, it is considered that both plots accord with Housing in the Countryside
Guidance and, as such, comply with Policy 19: Housing in the Countryside in the LDP. 
Furthermore, all technical matters can/have been addressed and, therefore, all other policies
in the LDP can/have been complied with as well. 
For those reasons, it is hoped that Planning Permission in Principle for both plots, or one of
the plots, will be forthcoming in due course. 
703

Page 20

704

Page 21

OPINION
OF
RODERICK R M PAISLEY
PROFESSOR OF SCOTS LAW
UNIVERSITY OF ABERDEEN 
RELATIVE TO 
THE CAPACITY OF THE SERVITUDE OF ACCESS
BENEFITTING
PROPERTY AT TETHYKNOWE
TETHYKNOWE HOUSE
TITLE NUMBER KNR2691
SASINE TITLE OF 1963. 
JUNE 2021 
PREPARED FOR 
WATERS RULE
SOLICITORS
76-78 HIGH STREET
TILLICOULTRY
FK13 6AB 
Your reference:  Sharon Brown 
My reference: 21.22.65 
705

Page 22

1. Subject Matter Of Opinion 
1.1. The matter at issue relates to the capacity for traffic of a servitude
of access. 
1.2. This servitude leads from the public road to a dominant tenement. 
1.3. Your client wishes to purchase this dominant tenement and conduct
thereon a redevelopment comprising several houses. 
1.4. There is located on the dominant tenement a single existing house. 
1.5. The issue therefor arises as to the change of use of the dominant
tenement. 
1.6. This leads to consideration of the legitimate burden that may be
imposed on the servient tenement and whether that will be
unwarrantably increased? 
1.7. Note 1 – Property Enquiry Certificate I have not seen a property
enquiry certificate setting out the extent of the public road and the
public right of passage thereover. I have assumed this meets
exactly with the servitude of access and there is no gap. 
1.8. Note 2  - Planning Permission – I have not seen the planning
permission or any relevant roads construction consent for the
access road. I have assumed that it is to remain largely in its
existing state. However, please note the servitude of access will
include some impliedly constituted ancillary rights of repair,
maintenance and improvement. These may assist in complying
with the conditions of a statutory licence like planning permission. 
The Servient Title 
1.9. The Title To the Servient Tenement.  I understand that this title
is owned by several parties to some extent pro indiviso. I
understand there may be perhaps five or six properties. It may be
the case that they have pro indiviso property rights in all or part of
the solum of the access road subject to the servitude. At least one
of these servient titles is registered in the Land Register of Scotland
under Title Number KNR2689. I have seen a copy of the Title
Sheet updated to 11-06-2010. The Date of First Registration was
706

Page 23

09-03-2006. The interest is that of proprietor. The address of the
property is 3 Tethyknowe Steadings, Blairingone, Dollar
FK147ND. I will use this as a sample title and assume the
remainder are similar. 
1.10. The Description of the Servient Tenement.  This reads as follows
in the Property Section: 
“Subjects within  the land edged Red on the Title Plan being
3 Tethyknowe Steadings, Blairingone, Dollar FK14 7ND
edged brown on the said Plan, together with (One) a right of
property in common with all proprietors of all other
dwellinghouses erected or to be erected within the
Development known as Tethyknowe, Blairingone, Dollar
(“the Development”) in and to those parts of the said
Development which on completion shall not have been
exclusively alienated to purchasers of individual plots within
the Development and which said parts comprise or shall
comprise inter alia and without prejudice to the foregoing
generality the roads and footpaths so far as not taken over by
the Local Authority, areas of ornamental ground, public open
spaces, parking spaces and accesses thereto, boundary and
feature walls, fences, hedges, sewers, drains, sewage
treatment plant, land drains, water supply pipes and electric
mains and others so far as these serve or are common to all
dwellinghouses within the Development (“the common
parts”: (Two) the rights specified in the Deed of Conditions
in Entry 2 of the Burdens Section  (Three) all necessary rights
of access to and egress from  the subjects in this Title and the
common parts and together with the subsisting rights to real
burdens specified in the Schedule below.” 
1.11. The Title Plan (Servient Title). 
A relevant section of the Title Plan is as follows (on the next page): 
707

Page 24

The blue colouration relates to the servitude of access burdening
this area (see below). 
1.12. Burdens Expressly Recognised in the Servient Title. Amongst
the burdens expressly recognised on the face of the Title Sheet
KNR2689 is Burdens Entry 1 relating to the Disposition by James
Roberts Smith Romanes to John William MacMillan and his heirs
and assignees, recorded G.R.S. (Kinross) 2 Oct. 1963, of
dwellinghouse known as Tethyknowe, Dollar, to south of the
development edged red on the Title Plan, contains the following
rights and burdens which affect the subjects in this Title. The entry
which relates to the servitude that is the subject of this opinion
reads as follows: 
“Together with (First) a right of access for pedestrian and
vehicular traffic to the subjects hereby disponed by the access
road coloured blue on the plan annexed to this Disposition
leading to the farm steading of Tethyknowe, which right shall
extend up to the west end of the fence and wall forming part
of the northern boundary of the subjects hereby disponed and
a right of access to the outer face of the said wall for the
purpose of maintaining and repairing the same and (Second)
a servitude right of wayleave over the remainder of the lands
of Tethyknowe for all existing drains and sewers, water
supply pipes, electricity cables, wires and generally all
supplies and services connected with the subjects hereby
disponed, with a right of access on all necessary occasions for
the purpose of maintaining, repairing and renewing the same
and for any other necessary purposes; And With regard to the
fences and walls enclosing the subjects hereby disponed it is
708

Page 25

hereby provided and declared that the fences, gate and wall
along the access road shall be maintained wholly by my said
disponee and his foresaids; the wall of the farm building
forming part of the eastern and northern boundaries and also
the wall of the summerhouse on the eastern boundary will be
maintained wholly by me and my successors in the ownership
of the remainder of the lands of Tethyknowe; All other
boundary walls and fences will be maintained jointly in a
reasonable stock-proof condition; Reserving always to me
and my successors in the ownership of the said remainder of
the lands of Tethyknowe a right of access over the subjects
hereby disponed for inspection and repair of the walls of the
said farm building and summerhouse and also for the
inspection and repair of all if any common drains and other
services affecting the said remainder of the lands of
Tethyknowe.” 
This is accompanied by the following note: 
“Note: The access road coloured blue on the plan annexed to
the foregoing Disposition has been tinted blue on the Title
Plan and in so far as it affects the subjects in this Title is that
part which lies within the said red edge.” 
The Title of the Subjects to be Acquired (Comprising the
Dominant Tenement in the Servitude of Access)  
1.13. The subjects to be acquired (including the dominant tenement in
the servitude) comprises two parts: 
(a) Lands on a Sasine title – the description derived from
Disposition by James Roberts Smith Romanes to John
William MacMillan and his heirs and assignees, recorded
G.R.S. (Kinross) 2 Oct. 1963. These subjects are the
dominant tenement in the servitude. 
and 
(b)  Lands on a Land Registered Title (KNR2691). This is not
the dominant tenement in the servitude but is an area of adjacent
land. The 1963 servitude does noy benefit it in terms of what is
known as the dominant tenement specific rule or, after the leading
709

Page 26

case “the Irvine Knitters rule” but it does not need to as access can
be taken from the existing public road. 
1.14. The 1963 Disposition. I have seen a monochrome copy of the
Disposition by James Roberts Smith Romanes to John William
MacMillan and his heirs and assignees, recorded G.R.S. (Kinross)
and (Fife) (Book 167: Folio 126) on 2 Oct. 1963. 
1.15. The Plan of the Subjects Disponed in 1963. A relevant part of the
subjects disponed in 1963 is as follows: 
Of course the length of the blue access has been abbreviated in this
plan. 
710

Page 27

1.16. The description of the Dominant Tenement in 1963 Deed. The
subjects are described as, inter alia, “ALL AND WHOLE the
dwellinghouse known as Tethyknowe, Dollar, with ground
attached”. The subjects are shown on the plan an excerpt of which
is copied above. 
1.17. The servitude of access is described as follows in the 1963
Disposition: 
“Together with (First) a right of access for pedestrian and
vehicular traffic to the subjects hereby disponed by the said
access road [coloured blue on the plan annexed to the 1963
Disposition leading to the farm steading of Tethyknowe],
which right shall extend up to the west end of the fence and
wall forming part of the northern boundary of the subjects
hereby disponed and a right of access to the outer face of the
said wall for the purpose of maintaining and repairing the
same …” 
1.18. There are other servitudes granted in 1963 expressly using the
word “servitude”. Despite the absence of the word “servitude” in
the primary access right, I am content that this is indeed a
servitude. 
The Registered Part of the Subjects to be Acquired. 
1.19. KNR2691. I have seen a copy of this Title updated to 10-03-2009.
The Date of First Registration was 09-03-2006 (The same as the
servient title). The subjects are Tethyknowe Farm, Blairingone,
Dollar, FK147ND edged red on the Title Plan (See below). 
1.20. This is subject to the same Burdens Entry 1 i.e. the servitude of
access. 
1.21. This Registered Title appears to me to be a split-off from the same
base title as the servient title noticed above. However, the
description does not carry any of the rights of common property
that are attached to the servient title. 
1.22. I see no express grant of servitudes mentioned in the registered title
of KNR2691. 
711

Page 28

1.23. A relevant section of the Plan attached to Title KNR2961 is as
follows. This shows the location of the subjects. 
1.24. The area within this title appears to have the potential to be used to
widen the existing route of access. 
1.25. Your client would wish to put several new houses on the dominant
tenement. 
1.26. I have been asked for my views on the extent of the servitude of
access and I have set out my view below. 
2. Opinion 
2.1. The right of access granted in 1963 is a servitude despite the lack
of any use of the word “servitude”.  My view does not alter just
because some other rights in the same constitutive deed are created
by using the word “servitude”. See Cusine and Paisley, Servitudes
and Rights of Way, 1998, SULI, Chapters 2 and 5. See also
Davidson’s Farms v McSeveney, (1993) Paisley and Cusine
Unreported Property Cases, 284 at 286-287 per Sheriff K.A.
Mclernan; Moss Bros Group plc v Scottish Mutual Assurance
plc, OH, Lord Macfadyen, 23 March, 2001, GWD 12-440; 2001
SC 779; 2001 SLT 641. 
2.2. The servitude of access is a route of primary access from the public
road and is not limited to any limited purpose of activity on the
dominant tenement. It is a general purpose access which may be
used for any lawful purpose to which the dominant tenement may
712

Page 29

be put now or in the future. Alvis v Harrison 1991 SLT 64, HL;
Cusine and Paisley, Servitudes and Rights of Way, paras 10.04
and 14.25.  This means that the servitude may be used to benefit
buildings that are not yet built on the dominant tenement. As was
indicated by the German Civilian scholar Conrad Joseph Clasmann
(floreat 1704):1 
“Sufficit tamen etiam
utilitas futura”.
However, it does indeed suffice that
there is [a hope of] future utility.2 
The Roman jurist Pomponius illustrated this as follows:3 
“Futuro quoque aedificio,
quod nondum est, vel imponi
vel adquiri servitus potest.” 
“A servitude can even be acquired
for or imposed on a building which
is planned, but has not yet been
built.”4 
This is also the position in Scots law. It also works in reverse and a
servitude of access continues to benefit the land upon which a
house is exists when it is demolished and reconstructed: Irvine
Knitters Ltd v North Ayrshire Co-operative Society Ltd, 1978,
S.C. 109.   
2.3. The anticipated or permissible burden is determined objectively by
reference to factors both extrinsic and intrinsic to the 1963
Disposition. The most important factors are the actual capacity of
the access road to take traffic  as at the time of 1963 and the
alteration of use by the servient proprietors who are seeking to use
the road for the very purpose that your client may wish i.e. access
to redeveloped properties. In this regard one may refer to Wimpey
Homes Holdings Ltd v Collins.5 In this case the court considered
the terms of a servitude of pedestrian and vehicular access reserved 
1 Conradus Josephus Clasmann, Theses Juridicae De Servitutibus
Realibus, 1704, Würzburg, Thesis Prima, page 3.In support of this
proposition is cited Digest 8,2,22 (Julian), 8,2,23 (Pomponius) and
43,20,3 (Pomponius) but only the first two passages appear relevant.
2 This is my own translation.
3 Digest, 8,2,23(1) (Pomponius).
4 Mommsen, Krueger, Watson, The Digest of Justinian, Vol. 1,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1985, page 256.
5 1999 SLT (Sh.Ct.) 17, Sheriff Principal G L Cox, QC, Airdrie Sheriff
Court.
713

Page 30

in a Disposition of the servient tenement dated in 1990. The
wording relevant to servitude was contained in the dispositive
clause and read as follows: 
“and also with and under the following additional burden
and condition that there will be reserved to me and my
successors a servitude right of access over the subjects for
vehicular and pedestrian purposes…”. 
Earlier in the same deed the subjects disponed, over which the
servitude was reserved, were described as follows: 
“ALL and WHOLE that part of Branchall Road, Wishaw
extending to five hundred and fourteen decimal or one
thousandth parts of an acre or thereby Imperial Standard
Measure, lying in the Burgh of Motherwell and Wishaw in
the Parish of Cambusnethan and County of Lanark and
being the area of ground delineated and shown within red
boundaries on the plan thereof annexed and signed as
relative hereto”. 
The Sheriff Principal G L Cox Q.C. took the view that the
reservation of the servitude of access was clear and unambiguous
and that the dominant proprietor had a right to carry out, almost
fifteen years later, works by flattening the verges and tarring the
existing roadway and verges all located within the servient
tenement as defined in the constitutive deed. The existing roadway
was approximately 700 feet long and 12 feet wide but when the
adjacent verges were added the entire width was 37 feet. However,
the reservation clearly did not contain any express ancillary rights
to carry out the works. So, the Sheriff Principal’s reasoning relied
upon the implied constitution of the ancillary right to improve the
state of the verges and to upgrade the whole servient tenement to
make it fit for the taking of access. This is a reasonable approach
given that the express reservation of the primary right of access
was unequivocally stated to extend over areas that included those
verges. However, no test for the implied constitution of such
ancillary rights was explicitly set out in the judgement. However,
the Sheriff Principal made the following observation:6 
6 1999 SLT (Sh.Ct.) 17 at 19-20.
714

Page 31

“In this particular case if the dominant proprietor had made
up the roadway for its full length up to local authority
specification this, far from disadvantaging the servient
tenement, would have saved them many thousands of
pounds. It is quite wrong in my opinion to look only at the
operations carried out at the behest of the dominant
proprietors over the final quarter of the road. It is necessary
to look at the whole, particularly in relation to the question
of whether its nature is being changed to the prejudice of
the servient tenement. The state of the whole road has to be
taken into account. And the relevant time for consideration
is not 1980, but the date when the defenders carried out the
operations. By then three quarters of the road had been
made up complete with pavements as demonstrated by the
photographs in process. The scene has changed
dramatically from the situation in 1980 when a country lane
led to a disused colliery to which travelling people resorted
in their caravans. Now there is a modern developed private
housing estate and both the pursuers [the servient
proprietors] and the first defender [the dominant
proprietor] have in mind expansion of that type of
development.” 
In addition, the Sheriff Principal also made the following obiter
remarks:7 
“If I am wrong in reaching the conclusion that the grant is
clear and unambiguous and that regard must be had to the
prevailing conditions at the time in order to determine the
intent of the parties then I am clearly of the view that the
flattening and use of the whole width of the road would be
in the reasonable contemplation of the parties. Mr Sherry
[the original granter of the deed in which the servitude
was reserved] was conveying a road to a national firm of
house builders who owned plots of ground either side of it.
It must be presumed to have been in the contemplation of
the parties that the road was going to form an access into
the housing developments and that it would require to be
made up. The matter can perhaps be tested this way.
Suppose Mr Sherry had retained the property in the road
and had granted to Wimpey a right of access over it. Could 
7 1999 SLT (Sh.Ct.) 17 at 20. 
715

Page 32

Mr Sherry at a later date claim that Wimpey were not
entitled to use the road as an access to their housing
development and to make it up to a standard suitable for
that purpose? In my view he could not because such a
development was clearly in the contemplation of both
parties at the time the right of access was granted over
what was described as a road (Branchal road) the width
being stated as 37 feet.” 
Clearly, what the servient proprietors had done to the road had
improved its capacity to take traffic in  that case. 
2.4. Description: Mention of the House. I do not think this is limited
only to the house (and others structures) that are expressly
mentioned in the description in the 1963 Disposition. In Cusine
and Paisley, Servitudes and Rights of Way, para 14.49 the
authors took the following view (and I confirm this remains my
view as of now): 
“A negative servitude condition limiting the purpose for
which a servitude may be exercised may be implied from
the terms used to describe the dominant or servient
tenement. No such inference will arise where the description
merely locates and identifies the subjects, such as a
particular description which defines the boundaries, or
refers to a plan. More difficulty arises with those
descriptions which refer to the building or structure located
on the subjects. In this regard, Hay v. Robertson8 is
illustrative because the court considered a servitude of dam
and water supply benefiting the tenement. In the deed, the
various lands conveyed included “the lint-mill of Croy, part
of the lands of Overcroy” and the grant of servitude
identified the servient tenement as “the said grounds of
Overcroy, where the basin for containing the water for the
said lint-mill has been accustomed to stand”. The dominant
tenement was subsequently divided and the purchaser of the
lint mill wished to convert it into an iron forge mill. In a
dispute about the use of the servitude for the new mill, the
servient proprietor argued that the purpose of the servitude
was restricted to the old lint mill. The Lord Ordinary opined
that this approach was based on a “palpable fallacy” and 
8 (1845) 17 Sc.Jur. 186.
716

Page 33

continued9: “When a mill, used for the time as a lint mill, is
sold, with its dam and aqueduct, it would require strong
evidence indeed to shew that the purchaser was to be
prevented from improving the machinery to the utmost, and
converting the mill to the most profitable use of which it
was capable. The supply of water is not limited to the mill
so long only as it is employed as a lint-mill, but is given to
the mill employed for the time as a lint-mill, but of course
with all the capability of improvement of which a property
of that description is susceptible.” The Inner House upheld
that view unanimously.10 The reference to the lint-mill was
merely descriptive of the location and extent of the
dominant and servient tenements and did not qualify the
purpose of the grant. The decision seems justifiable on the
basis that the description of the dominant tenement was no
more than a general description.” 
2.5.  The Demolition of Any Buildings on the Dominant Tenement
Changes Nothing. The dominant tenement is not limited to the
buildings that were located on that property as at the date of the
constitution of the servitude or at any time during the prescriptive
period. The servitude benefits the land and all buildings thereon
now or in the future. As briefly alluded to above, demolition of any
existing building on the dominant tenement does not bring the
servitude of access to an end. This has actually been the law for
centuries. The observation to the effect that a change in tillage on
the dominant tenement does not bring a servitude to an end is
found in Classical Roman law and the writing of the jurist
Javolenus in  Digest 8.3.13(1) (Iavolenus 10 ex cass.) where he
provides as follows: 
Si totus ager itineri aut actui
servit, dominus in eo agro nihil
facere potest, quo servitus
impediatur, quae ita diffusa est,
ut omnes glaebae serviant, aut
si iter actusve sine ulla
A servitude may be acquired in
favour of certain kinds of land,
as for instance, vineyards,
because this would have
reference rather to the soil itself
than to the surface of the same; 
9 ibid. at 187.
10 ibid. at 186. per L.J.-G. (sic) Boyle, Lord Mackenzie and Lord
Fullerton with the concurrence of Lord Jeffrey; Ersk., II, ix, 13, n. (c);
Rankine, Landownership, p. 424; Encyclopaedia of the Laws of Scotland,
Vol. XIII, para. 1241.
717

Page 34

determinatione legatus est:
modo determinabitur et qua
primum iter determinatum est,
ea servitus constitit, ceterae
partes agri liberae sunt: igitur
arbiter dandus est, qui utroque
casu viam determinare debet.
so that, if the vineyards were
removed, the servitude will
remain. But if another intention
existed when the servitude was
created, an exception on the
ground of malicious fraud will
be necessary. 11 
Following this passage one also find confirmation in the writing of
the Roman Dutch jurist Johannes Voet, Commentaries, 8,6,4,
(The Selective Voet, translated by Percival Gane, Vol. 2,
Butterworths, 1955, Durban, page 519) referring to Digest
8,3,13 (Javolenus): 
“Quod si certo agrorum
generi, veluti vineis, aut
hortis, aut pomariis,
servitus acquisita sit,
sublatis vero vineis aut
arboribus, vineae horti
pomaria esse definant, &
ita mutata sit facies soli,
servitus tamen eo ipso
non extinguitur; eo quod
ad solum magis, quam ad
superficiem pertinet; nisi
in contrahenda servitute
aliud actum sit”.
“But if a servitude has been
acquired in favour of a definite
class of lands, such as vineyards,
gardens or orchards, but through a
removal of the vines or trees they
cease to be vineyards, gardens or
orchards, and thus the appearance
of the ground is altered, still the
servitude is not wiped out by the
mere fact. The reason is that it
belongs rather to the ground than
to what is on the surface of the
ground, unless something else has
been arranged in contracting for
the servitude”. 
This is in complete accord with Scots law. Redevelopment of a
dominant tenement does not bring a servitude to an end. So, I
regard demolition of parts of the existing building as irrelevant in
relation to the continued existence of the servitude. That also is
confirmed in the Scottish case Irvine Knitters v North Ayrshire
Cooperative Society Limited 1978 SC 109 where the entire
building on the dominant tenement was demolished and replaced
with something new and a servitude of access continued to benefit
the new building on that tenement (but not on adjacent sites). It
certainly does not amount to abandonment of the servitude. 
11 Digest 8,3,13,1 (Javolenus, On Cassius, Book X).
718

Page 35

2.6.  Construction Traffic. A general access involves in coming in and
out as the dominant proprietor please  along with suppliers and
invitees. It seems likely that we have here a servitude created in
general terms. I am of the view that this servitude may be used for
construction traffic used in connection with the development and
redevelopment of the dominant tenement as a residential
development. Various reasons spring to mind to indicate
construction traffic is permissible. First, the servitude constituted
by prescription is a potentially perpetual one – unlimited in time –
but all buildings including the building proposed to be built on this
dominant tenement have a “shelf life” both as regards their
structure and use. All buildings need to be maintained or replaced
at some time and that will involve construction and rebuilding.
This suggests that construction traffic associated with development
and redevelopment may use this servitude. Secondly, construction
traffic is not excluded  expressly in a constitutive deed because
there is no constitutive deed. Let me now make the point about
construction traffic by indicating a contrasting case. Where a
servitude is created for a particular i.e. a limited purpose such as
expressly for access to a walled garden there is an implication that
construction traffic for the purpose of building a house or houses
would be excluded: Le Feuvre v Mathew, (Royal Ct. Jersey),
(1974) Jersey Law Reports 49 at 62 and 63. But such is not the
case here. There is no clause in any constitutive deed for the
servitude encountered here restricting the use of the servitude to
that property to a particular use. 
It is long recognised that the traffic passing along a servitude of
access will not be consistent all the time. That is also the case with
this particular servitude. There will be some bulges and occasions
where there is a heavier weight of traffic. There may be some
persons and types of traffic that will be used to visit a dominant
tenement only at certain times. This applies whatever the dominant
tenement is used for. As regards a dominant tenement with a
domestic house located thereon there may be deliveries and
removals. For example, in an Australian case Young J of the
Supreme Court of New South Wales, 4th September 1997,
sitting in Finlayson v Campbell (1997) NSW Conv R 55-825;
(1997) 8 BPR 15; (1998) ANZ ConvR. 388 recognised that a
servitude of access could be used for “removalist trucks” albeit
they would only be needed on occasion of a house sale and
purchase. This is also the case with a dominant tenement with a
shop or other retail premises thereon where there would be
719

Page 36

deliveries to the premises. In this Australian case the judge referred
to another case Grinskis v Lahood (1971) NZLR 502 where it had
been held that one can use for the purpose of a motel a right of way
that had been originally granted in general terms when the
dominant tenement had erected on it a block of flats. The judge
confirmed that a grantee is not confined to using a right of way for
the purpose prevailing as at the time of grant but may use the
easement for “any reasonably different purpose” – he refers here to
Bradbrook and Neave, Easements and Restrictive Covenants in
Australia, Melbourne 1981 [620] (first edition). As regards the
tenements in the case in hand – suburban residential properties – he
opined – and this is relevant here for our purposes (at 391): 
“the people creating the easement may well have in mind
that eventually there would be some redevelopment but
essentially they were creating an easement to service a single
dwelling”.   
Previously he had stated: 
“…the properties were suburban residential properties so that
one would not expect that there would be heavy traffic.
However, it must have been contemplated that from time to
time a large vehicle would need to enter No 24A [the
dominant tenement], either a removalist truck or alternatively
vehicles to assist in demolition of existing structures and
erection of new structures”. 
That case dealt with an expressly granted servitude and the judge
went on to say that the test of working out what was in
contemplation at the time of the grant has not been universally
applied, but it seemed to be the test that was applied more than any
other. He noted also that one ordinarily construes the grant of an
easement as the date of its creation and if there is any ambiguity,
one looks at the physical attributes of the land as at that date to see
what sort of right of carriageway could have been intended. The
judge then went on to say the following at 56,455: ((1998) ANZ
ConvR. 388 at 393): 
“Thus one looks at the grant and the rights which are
expressed or implied in the grant and those are the rights
which the dominant owner has and no more. The dominant
owner cannot increase his position by so building on his
720

Page 37

dominant tenement such that an additional burden is thrown on
to the servient land unless that extra burden was one which is
within the express or implicit terms of the grant.” 
Let us move now to the Scottish case law. Construction traffic is
one variant of the type of traffic that causes a bulge in traffic
passing on a servitude of access. In the Scottish decision in
Carstairs v Spence, 1924 SC 380; 1924 SLT 305 it was recognised
that a servitude of access created by prescriptive exercise may be
used for construction traffic when houses were being built for the
first time on a site previously used as a market garden.
Unfortunately, the full facts in Carstairs v Spence are not readily
ascertainable from the Session Cases report but some further
important details may be gleaned from the other two sets of
published reports12 and the Session Papers which I have been able
to read in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh. The published
reports disclose that the dispute related to access to a field on the
outskirts of St Andrews which had been used both during and prior
to the prescriptive period for the purposes of agriculture and a
market garden. The dominant tenement was purchased by a builder
who began to construct thereon what the published reports
described as “a number of workmen’s houses”13 or a “colony of
dwellinghouses”.14 In what would seem to modern property lawyers
to be a strange peculiarity in the published reports, the exact
number or size of the houses is not disclosed in any of those reports
and precisely the same lack of interest in these matters is to be
found in all the judgements handed down in the Inner House and
the Sheriff Court. Nor did the dominant or servient proprietors see
fit to detail the number of houses in their pleadings.15 It is only from
the record of the evidence given at the proof at Cupar Sheriff Court,
which is preserved in the Session Papers, that it becomes clear the
dominant proprietor had already expended £5,000 in erecting four 
12 (1924) 61 S.L.R. 297; 1924 S.L.T. 300. For relevant material in the
National Archives of Scotland see John D Spence v Jessie Lindsay or
Carstairs and another: Appeal 1925 CS251/2221.
13 1924 SC 380 at 381 and 19924 SLT 300 at 300 in the narrative.
14 See 1924 S.L.T. 300 at 302; (1924) 61 S.L.R. 297 at 298, per Sheriff
Substitute Dudley Stuart
15 In the Record in the Appeal, Condescendence for the Pursuers and
Answers for the Defenders, pages 10 and 11, Cond V and Ans. 5, the
parties respectively aver and admit that the defender had started to build
an unspecified number of dwellinghouses. 
721

Page 38

workmen’s houses and was then proposing to erect another four.16
The dominant proprietor also indicated there was a possibility he
might build up to eighty houses in total.17 Nor is there any detail of
the type or size of houses although, as the evidence indicated that
the four yet to be built were in two blocks,18 it may be surmised that
they were semi-detached. Such a servitude constituted by
prescriptive exercise as is observed in Carstairs v Spence is also
regarded as a servitude in general terms – just like the servitude
here. That was confirmed in Carstairs v Spence. Returning to the
present situation: The bulge in traffic from time to time which is
attendant upon the construction phase in a natural cycle of a
building, a rebuilding or a foreseeable additional development, in
my view, would probably be accommodated at the date of the
constitution of the servitude by the then objectively anticipated
burden of the servitude presently under consideration. One can look
at the locale to assist. For example, in Carstairs v Spence 1924 SC
380; 1924 SLT 305 it was held that access for construction
purposes (the “colony” of houses) fell within the proper use of a
servitude of access created by prescriptive possession even though
this was largely measured by past use and there never had been any
houses constructed on the dominant site before. This case is all the
more striking as the mechanism of establishing the burden in
prescriptive servitudes is the rather backward looking means of
measuring use tantum praescriptum tantum possessum (which is
rather laxly applied) whereas an expressly granted servitude tends
to open up the possibility (and likelihood) that the parties will seek
to envisage something of the future. 
One may also refer to a pair of related Sheriff Court cases in which
a “general” right of access was constituted by prescriptive exercise.
These are Elrick v Lovie19 and Lovie v Kirkmyres Sand and
Gravel Limited.20 These two cases relate to the same prescriptively
constituted servitude of access across an unmetalled private road21 
16 See evidence of Charles Fleming Anderson, architect, page 12, sections
D-E and evidence of John D Spence (the defender), page 65, section E
and page 66, sections A and B-D.
17  See evidence of John D Spence (the defender), page 66, section C.
18 See evidence of John D Spence (the defender), page 65 section E and
page 66, section A.
19 (1991) Paisley and Cusine Unreported Property Cases 338.
20 (1991) Paisley and Cusine Unreported Property Cases 341.
21 At 342 per Sheriff Cameron.
722

Page 39

passing through farmland to the dominant tenement. In addition to
the dominant proprietor, that road was used by other persons other
than the servient proprietor to gain access to property.22 In the first
case the Sheriff held that a servitude of access for pedestrian, horse
and vehicular traffic had been constituted by prescriptive exercise
for almost sixty years during which time the road had used for
traffic of all kind in connection with the farming and general use of
the dominant tenement.23 Part of that tenement was then developed
as a quarry and the servitude of access was the sole vehicular
access to that quarry.24 The traffic on the road was increased
dramatically as a result and, at times, the lorries from the quarry
made as many as 40-60 journeys per day.25 A dispute arose in
which the dominant proprietor sought declarator of the servitude.
The servient proprietor denied the existence of the servitude or,
should it be found to exist, argued that the new use unwarrantably
increased the burden on the servient tenement and the servitude
should be “restricted to the degree of use during the prescriptive
period”. He was unsuccessful on both counts. Each of the parties
had sought to rely on dicta handed down in Carstairs v Spence.
Although the maxim tantum praescriptum quantum possessum is
nowhere expressly referred to in his judgement it is clear that it,
and the concept of a general right of access acknowledged in that
case formed the basis of the Sheriff’s judgement as he too relied on
Carstairs v Spence as the keystone of his reasoning and
observed:26 
“It is clear from the opinions in Carstairs that, in the case of
servitudes constituted by prescription, the burdensomeness of
a right is a question of the extent to which it encompasses the
fixed categories.27 … Their Lordships went on to hold that the
purposes for which a general right of way was used were not
limited. In the instant case, I am satisfied that a general right of
way is constituted and am of the opinion that the law does not
recognise any restriction on the volume of traffic generated by
the dominant tenement in the exercise of that right.” 
22 At 348 per Sheriff McLernan.
23 At 338 per Sheriff N McPartlin.
24 At 342 per Sheriff Cameron.
25 At 339 per Sheriff N McPartlin.
26 At 339 per Sheriff N McPartlin.
27 Here is quoted Carstairs v Spence 1924 SC 380 at 385 per Lord
President Clyde.
723

Page 40

Consequently, the dominant proprietor could continue to use the
servitude of access for the purpose of the quarry. However, in
obiter comments, the Sheriff indicated that the evidence of the
increase in heavy traffic beyond the weight which the road was
capable of supporting, the consequent damage to the verge and
drains and the inconvenience and danger to the servient proprietor
and his family were relevant in an issue as to whether the servitude
was being exercised in a civiliter manner. That issue was not raised
in the first action. The servient proprietor took the judicial hint and,
basing his argument on that ground, he raised a second action for
interdict not against the servient proprietor but against a company
that had entered into a contractual arrangement to operate the
quarry. The case related to the damage to the structure and surface
of the road caused by the taking of access to and from the quarry.28
The action became mired in over eight years of procedural delay
and several stages of argument about the grant, recall and re-grant
of the remedy of interdict.  However, at all stages it was clear that
the Sheriffs29 and Sheriff Principal regarded the requirement to
exercise the servitude civiliter as an appropriate ground upon which
the servient proprietor might seek a remedy to seek an appropriate
remedy. However, the factual situation in that case are far different
from that which exists here. In the present situation there is a road
with a reasonably good surface. In the present case there is, so far
as I am aware, no private dwellinghouse near to the servitude route
and no immediate danger to a family or children. 
The servitude of access created in general terms, as is my view as
regards the case in the present situation, can also be used for
construction traffic where property on the dominant tenement is
being renovated, demolished, extended or rebuilt at a later stage:
e.g. Gibb v Bruce 1 Dec. 1837, (1837) 16S. 169, no. 29; 10 Sc.
Jur. 111. This was an appeal to the Court of Session from the
Sheriff of Perth. As will be seen from the first paragraph of this
opinion, this case was relied upon in Alvis v Harrison. In that Gibb
v Bruce case the servitude of access was constituted in a bilateral
agreement from 1831 or 1833. It was contained in a deed dealing
with boundary regularisation. The words used where: 
28 At 342 per Sheriff Cameron.
29 At 349.
724

Page 41

“… but reserving or excepting therefrom a right or servitude of
the road to the west in favour of the said Miss Margaret Bruce,
her heirs or successors, for the benefit of the house of Easter
Castleton, but specially excluding the same from farming
purposes”. 
Men (described as the “pursuer’s servants” (at page 170 in 16S
report) were employed to drive stones for purpose of building an
addition to the offices for the house for which servitude granted. In
a dispute between the dominant and servient proprietors it was held
that activity was within the extent of the right of servitude and
interdict was refused. Proof showed the offices were near the house
and were distinct from the farm offices. The description of the
dominant tenement as a “house” did not restrict the servitude to
“household purposes” i.e. there was no implied limitation on
purpose - per Sheriff-Substitute at 111: 
“…the use of the road was given to the house, and not to the
lands of Easter Castleton. The building of the office-houses
clearly was a purpose connected with the house. The
defender’s reading that household purposes were meant, would
lead to endless and perplexing questions as to what was, and
what was not, household purposes”.   
I take the view this case is consistent with the general principle I
have already identified above. 
2.7.  Sub-Division of the Dominant Tenement. The fact that the
dominant tenement will be split into parts as a consequence of sales
of plots does not per se cause an increase in the burden on the
servient tenement. Where, as is here the case, a servitude benefits a
dominant tenement the servitude continues despite the fact that part
of the dominant tenement is split off and sold to a third party. This
was accepted in Roman law. For example, the Roman jurist Paul is
reported in Digest, 8,3,23(3) as follows: 
Quaecumque servitus
fundo debetur, omnibus
eius partibus debetur: et
ideo quamvis particulatim
venierit, omnes partes
servitus sequitur et ita, ut
singuli recte agant ius sibi
Any servitude that exists in favour of
an estate exists in favour of every
part of that estate. Consequently,
even if the estate is sold bit by bit,
the servitude goes with every portion
of it with the result that each
individual owner has a right of action
725

Page 42

esse eundi.  to claim that he has a right of way”.30 
A similar principle is discernible from the writings of the Roman
jurist Celsus recorded at Digest 8,6,6(1).31 
Celsus respondit: si
divisus est fundus inter
socios regionibus, quod
ad servitutem attinet,
quae ei fundo
debebatur, perinde est,
si ab initio duobus
fundis debita sit: et sibi
quisque dominorum
usurpat servitutem, sibi
non utendo deperdit
necamplius in ea causae
eorum fundorum
miscentur.
Celsus answered as follows. If the
estate is divided between the co-owners
into separate portions, then, as far as the
servitude which exists in favour of the
estate is concerned, it is as if it had been
attached to two separate estates from
the outset. So, each of the owners may
exercise the servitude as his own, and
each of them will lose it, as far as he is
concerned, by non-use; in this matter,
the legal positions of the two portions
are no longer bound up with one
another.32 
So too is it found in the writings of Pomponius recorded in Digest
8,3,25 where the principle is illustrated by reference to a servitude
of water supply rather than a servitude of way (that is relevant here
as we are dealing with a wayleave for dirty or foul water disposal): 
Si partem fundi mei
certam tibi vendidero,
aquae ductus ius,
etiamsi alterius partis
causa plerumque
ducatur, te quoque
sequetur: neque ibi aut
bonitatis agri aut usus
If I sell you a particular part of my
estate, a right to channel water
attaching to the estate, will go to you as
well, even if the right is most often
exercised for the benefit of some other
part of the land. In this case, there is no
need to take into account the quality of
the soil or the use made of the water, to 
30 The Digest of Justinian, (eds. Theodor Mommsen, Paul Krueger and
Alan Watson) Vol. I, University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia,
1985, page 261.
31 This is referred to in Voet, Pandects, 8,6,6: Gane’s translation
published as The Selective Voet, 1955, Durban, Butterworth & Co, Vol. 2,
page 521.
32 The Digest of Justinian, (eds. Theodor Mommsen, Paul Krueger and
Alan Watson) Vol. I, University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia,
1985, pages 272-273.
726

Page 43

eius aquae ratio
habenda est ita, ut eam
solam partem fundi,
quae pretiosissima sit
aut maxime usum eius
aquae desideret, ius
eius ducendae sequatur,
sed pro modo agri
detenti aut alienati fiat
eius aquae divisio. 
the end that the right to channel water
should attach only to that part of the
estate which is the most valuable or on
which the use of the water is most often
needed. The rule is that the division of
the water is to be in proportion to the
extent of the fields retained and
conveyed respectively.33 
This Roman position clearly informed Scots law with its strong
Civilian heritage. Consequently, it is no surprise that the same rule
was recognised at an early date in Scots law. There is institutional
authority to support it. For example, Bankton, Inst, 4,45,43, Vol.
3, (1753), (Stair Society Reprint 1995, pages 58-59): 
“If one gets a servitude constituted to his tenement, it
continues tho’ he sell half of the tenement…”. 
Bankton’s comment may refer to division into pro indiviso shares
but I think also it may apply to geographic sub-division. If one
wished to take the most sceptical and restrictive interpretation of
Bankton’s comment one might argue that it merely states that the
servitude continues to benefit retained lands if part of the dominant
tenement is split off. However, I do not think that is fair to what
Bankton says. There is nothing in the comment that states the
servitude ceases to benefit the lands disponed away. In my view
what Bankton states is in idem with Roman law. It was quite a
while before the matter was litigated in Scotland albeit the
existence rule appears to have been assumed in some cases.
Perhaps the point was so obvious that no-one bothered to litigate. It
is now well established that when larger subjects are split up the
servitude will continue to benefit all parts of the split up subjects
unless there indications as at the date of the splitting up that the
servitude over the intervening land is to be discharged. The
authority is found in National Bank of Scotland v Ritchie and
others 1899 7 SLT 115, Outer House, (Lord Kyllachy). The case
report is inadequate so I have supplemented it with material found 
33 The Digest of Justinian, (eds. Theodor Mommsen, Paul Krueger and
Alan Watson) Vol. I, University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia,
1985, page 262.
727

Page 44

at National Archives under the reference National Bank of
Scotland Limited v John Ritchie & Co and the Lord Provost,
Magistrates and Town Council of the City of Edinburgh,
Declarator and Interdict CS251/646 1B463. Prior to 1890 the
National Bank of Scotland had been proprietors for many years of a
tenement of houses forming the western boundary of Milne Square,
through which access and egress to and from the building was
obtained. In 1890 the Bank rebuilt the premises and disponed the
ground-floor to a third party. From the new building there was no
direct access to the square by way of a door, but sometimes the
carts were brought up and their contents hoisted to the windows
above, and sometimes window-cleaners and repairers approached
through the square. By the Edinburgh North Bridge
Improvement Act, 1894, the Edinburgh Corporation obtained
powers to shut a number of streets, including Milne Square - but on
conditions. Having acquired the buildings surrounding the square
with the exception of the tenement of the National Bank, they
proposed to build upon the surface of the square, and an action of
declarator and interdict was raised by the Bank. The Lord Ordinary
at this stage decided various things including the question of the
Bank’s title to sue as in right of a servitude over the square. Lord
Kyllachy granted decree of declarator and interdict. Lord Kyllachy
stated at 116: 
“I must say at once that I cannot assent to the defenders’
argument that when a servitude of ish and entry exists in
favour of a tenement consisting of a number of floors, that
servitude comes to an end as regards the upper floors by the
alienation of even the whole of the ground floor. I know of
no authority for that proposition, and it does not seem to me
to be founded on reason. It may be true that it is no longer
possible to use the existing or former doorway - or the
existing or former stairs. But there are, and may be, many
occasions for access to and from the Bank’s upper floors,
from the accustomed side, and by the accustomed way.
Windows may require to be cleaned. New windows may
require to be slapped out. Repairs and alterations may
require to be made. Goods may require to be brought in by
hoists, as seems to have been the practice in other parts of
this square. Altogether it seems to me to be vain to contend
that a servitude of ish and entry constituted by grant or
acquired by prescription, and existing in favour of a block of
buildings fronting what has been in fact for two hundred
728

Page 45

years an open space communicating with the main streets of
a city, is lost and comes to an end so soon as for forty years
there has been no doorway to that open space on the ground
level, or, so soon as, at any period, the ground floor has
passed as a separate subject to the servient heritor”. 
The same approach is more recently observed in a decision of
Sheriff Principal Ireland: Alba Homes v Duell 1993 SLT (Sh.Ct.)
49. A further case confirming express grants of separate servitudes
of access may be made together with the conveyance of the sub-
divided parts of a dominant tenement benefited by a single servitude
of access is Breed v Mann, (1993) Paisley and Cusine Unreported
Property Law Cases, 408. Of course the route of the servitudes after
the splitting of the tenement must coincide with the route of the
single servitude prior to splitting but that is not an issue here. There
is comment on the issue to be found in Cusine and Paisley,
Servitudes and Rights of Way, paras 1.49, 2.48 and 12.195-12.200;
van der Merwe and Paisley, Does a Servitude Road Last Forever? 
2000 Stell. Law. Rev. 452; (2000) SLPQ 196 and 333; 18 Stair
Memorial Encyclopaedia, para 475. A subsequent splitting of
these dominant subjects is also competent with each split off part
enjoying the servitude. (For an example of this in a case where the
benefit to each constituent part of the already split dominant
tenement was assumed, albeit the point was not argued therein, see
Hay v Robertson (1845) 17 Sc. Jur. 186). In theory there is no limit
on how many subsequent splittings of the dominant tenement there
may be  except insofar as there will require to remain in each split
off sufficient land to constitute a dominant tenement. One can take
comfort that Scots law has not developed some odd-ball rule
unknown to other similar legal systems. It appears in Common Law
legal systems such as Canada: Locke v. Scharfe (1958) 17 DLR
(2d) 51 (Ont. H.C.); Dutto v. St. Louis (1993) 36 R.P.R. (2d) 169
(Ont. Gen. Div.) and Australia: Maher v Bayview Golf Club, 4
June 2004. [2004] NSWSC 275, BC200405879, Supreme Court,
New South Wales, Campbell J. The latter case appears to relate to
an easement created by prescriptive exercise. The rule is also
accepted in South Africa in several cases such as Louw v Louw
1921 CPD 320 and Briers v Wilson 1952 3 SA (C) 423 including
the recent decision of the Supreme Court of Appeal (Smith v
Mukheiber 2001 (3) SA 591 (SCA)) where the court stated at 595E
(with reference, inter alia, to the Digest and Roman-Dutch sources): 
729

Page 46

“The position in our law is that, when a dominant tenement
is subdivided, each portion retains the original dominant
tenement’s servitudal rights.” 
It is also the rule in another mixed legal system much like Scots law
– the law of Louisiana: A N Yiannopoulos, Louisiana Civil Law
Treatise: Vol. 4, Predial Servitudes, 3rd Ed., 2004, § 11, pages 36-
37. This, in my view, is also the position of Scots law and, indeed,
Scots law goes further because Scots law regards a combination of a
lawful change of use of the dominant tenement and a splitting of the
dominant tenement into parts as acceptable. One may look at Peter
Forsyth and Margaret Forsyth v Alan Bruce and Fiona M E
Forsyth, 28th April 1994, unreported Aberdeen Sheriff Court,
Sheriff D. Kelbie, case ref: A2689/92 which applied both Alvis v
Harrison 1991 SLT 64 and Alba Homes v Duell 1993 SLT
(Sh.Ct.) 49. The court refused interdict against use of a road over
which a servitude of access had been expressly granted for the
purpose of taking access to a new house built on the dominant
tenement when the servitude was still used to take access to the
remainder. On the basis of these facts the servient proprietor had
claimed an unjustifiable increase in the burden on the servient
tenement. This claim was held to be irrelevant. At page 4 in his
opinion Sheriff Kelbie stated: 
“It is clear from those authorities that where a dominant
tenement has an express grant of unrestricted right of
access, as appears to be the case here, the proprietors of the
dominant tenement, if it be sub-divided, may have the
servitude right of access conveyed to them and be entitled to
exercise it, and that for any lawful purpose including the
obtaining of access to a newly built dwellinghouse. Since
the pursuers do not aver that anything other than that
happened in the present case, their complaint is irrelevant”. 
There is one qualification to this. If it can be shown that, after the
split off has occurred, a split off or retained part of the dominant
tenement receives no continuing benefit from the existing servitude
(i.e. there is a lack of utilitas or praedial utility) one could argue that
the servitude has been impliedly partially renounced upon such a
split off quoad the part it no longer serves. (Cusine and Paisley,
Servitudes and Rights of Way, para 1.49, fn. 12. See also the
Canadian case Locke v. Scharfe (1958) 17 DLR (2d) 51 (Ont.
H.C.)) So too is it a fortiori the case that an existing servitude can
730

Page 47

be expressly partially renounced upon a splitting of the dominant
tenement. (There is no express authority for this in Scots law but the
point is made in Voet, Pandects, 8,6,6: Gane’s translation
published as The Selective Voet, 1955, Durban, Butterworth &
Co, Vol. 2, page 521). There is no suggestion that this is going to
occur in the present situation where the original dominant tenement
has been divided. However, this is without prejudice to a matter of
subsequent abandonment. I conclude from the above that the rule of
non-increase in the burden applies to a servitude benefiting a split
dominant tenement. The burden placed on the servient tenement
after the dominant tenement is split must not increase beyond the
maximum acceptable burden permitted before the dominant
tenement was split. The juristic act of splitting the tenement,
however, is not considered as a factor in assessing whether there has
been an increase in the burden. (Alba Homes v Duell 1993 SLT
(Sh.Ct.) 49). However, as I have indicated above, we are dealing
with a servitude granted in general terms and, in my view, the
acceptable maximum level of burden is high when one examines the
nature of the access and the actings of the servient proprietor.. 
2.8. Impliedly Constituted Ancillary Rights. The servitude of access
will include some impliedly constituted ancillary rights. These
include: 
(a) A right to repair a route of a servitude of way. “The dominant
owner would be entitled, although not obliged, as a right ancillary to
his right of way to do such repairs to the driveway as were necessary
or desirable”.34
(c) To some extent (as long as it does not change the nature of the
access) a right to improve the surface of all or part of the surface of
the servient tenement in a servitude of way when the dominant
proprietor reasonably requires it.35 This extends, in particular
circumstances, to the flattening of verges on either side of the
existing carriageway, incorporating them into the road and, by 
34 Moncrieff v Jamieson, 2008 SC HL 1 at 17, para 47 per Lord Scott
(obiter). See also ibid. at 39, para 125 per Lord Neuberger. See also Alvis
v Harrison 1991 SLT 61 at 67 per Lord Justice-Clerk Ross quoted per
Lord Jauncey; Garson v McLeish 2010 SLT (Sh.Ct.) 131 at 143, para 75
per Sheriff D Kelly QC.
35 E.g. Stevenson v Biggart (1867) 3 S.L.R. 184; Alvis v Harrison 1991
SLT 64 (HL); (1991) 62 P & CR 10 reversing 1989 SC 136; 1989 SLT
746; 
731

Page 48

tarring the road, making up the route to a specification sufficient to
enable its adoption by the roads authority.36 
I trust that this has made matters clearer. 
Please note that this academic opinion is given on a without liability
basis. 
Yours faithfully, 
PROFESSOR RODERICK R M PAISLEY 
36 Wimpey Homes Holdings v Collins 1999 SLT (Sh.Ct.) 17, Sheriff
Principal G L Cox, QC, Airdrie Sheriff Court.
732

Page 49

WLC 21030 Tethyknowe House 
Revised Preliminary Ecological Appraisal 
17/11/2022 
Prepared By: 
Wildlife Consulting Ltd | Ecology | Environmental Consultancy 
Company Number: SC620396 
733

Page 50

i
1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Background ................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Site Location ............................................................................................................................... 1
2 METHODS ................................................................................................................................... 2
2.1 Desktop Study ............................................................................................................................. 2
2.2 Preliminary Ecological Appraisal ................................................................................................. 2
3 RESULTS ...................................................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Desktop Study ............................................................................................................................. 4
3.1.1 Statutory Designated Sites 4
3.1.2 Protected Mammal Species 4
3.2 Field Survey................................................................................................................................. 4
3.2.1 Habitats 4
3.2.2 Protected Species 5
3.2.2.1 Bats 5
3.2.2.2 Red Squirrel 6
3.2.2.3 Otter and Water Vole 6
3.2.2.4 Badger 6
3.2.2.5 Great Crested Newt 6
3.2.3 Invasive Species 7
3.2.4 Birds 7
4 Appraisal, Mitigation and Enhancement ..................................................................................... 8
4.1 Bats ............................................................................................................................................. 8
4.2 Red Squirrel ................................................................................................................................ 8
4.3 Birds ............................................................................................................................................ 8
4.4 Invasive Species .......................................................................................................................... 9
4.5 Ecological Enhancement.............................................................................................................. 9
5 APPENDICES .............................................................................................................................. 10
5.1 Appendix A (Photographs) ........................................................................................................ 11
5.3 Appendix B (Target Notes) ........................................................................................................ 14 
Tables 
Table 2-1: Protected Species Survey Methods................................................................................ 2
Table 3-1: Great Crested Newt HSI Results .................................................................................... 6
Table 3-2: Bird Sightings ................................................................................................................. 7
734

Page 51

1
1 INTRODUCTION 
1.1 Background
Wildlife Consulting Ltd (WLC) was commissioned in December 2021, by Moving Still Architecture,
to undertake of Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA) in respect of a proposed residential
development at Tethyknowe House, Blairngone, near Dollar.   
The 2021 PEA was to inform a previous proposal to erect two new dwellings (Plot 2 and Plot 3)
and extension of existing dwelling (Tethyknowe House) at the site. Plot 2 and Plot 3 will be
located on sites of existing outhouses and within the existing garden of the original farm house. 
The site lies under the planning jurisdiction of Perth and Kinross Council (PKC). PKC supplied pre-
application advice for the project on 2nd August, 2021. As part of this advice, it was recommended
that in consideration of Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plani, “Habitat
surveys may be carried out to ensure that protected species (such as bats, birds and otters) are
not adversely affected by the proposal, see Policy 41. The requirement for survey work will depend
on the integration with the tree resource referenced above and the position layout of the scheme.
The survey work may have implications on when an application can be submitted”. 
In August 2022 the proposal was revised and there are now no plans to alter Tethyknowe House.
The revised proposal is to erect two dwellings in the grounds of Tethyknowe House only. 
1.2 Site Location
The development site lies approximately 3.2km south east of the hamlet of Blairngone in Perth
and Kinross. It is centred on British National Grid reference NT 01500 95261. 
i https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local-Development-Plan-
2019/pdf/LDP_2_2019_Adopted_Interactive.pdf?m=637122639435770000
735

Page 52

2
2 METHODS 
2.1 Desktop Study
A desktop study was carried out at the start of the commission and ahead of the field survey. 
Information sources used for this study are described below: 
• Google Earth (http://earth.google.co.uk) - aerial imagery was obtained and used to
inform the field survey;
• SNH Website (protected species) – the SNH website was used to inform on relevant
legislation for protected species found to be present in the vicinity of the project;
• SNH Sitelink (http://gateway.snh.gov.uk/sitelink/) - sitelink was used to determine
the location of any sites designated for nature conservation and their qualifying features
within 2km of the site; and
• NBN Atlas (http://data.nbn.org.uk) - the NBN was used to identify any available species
records. This search was limited to commercially useable data and limited to records of
protected mammal, reptile and amphibian species within 2 km of the Development site,
and limited to the most recent five years of available data. 
2.2 Preliminary Ecological Appraisal 
A Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA) was undertaken according to the standard Chartered
Institute for Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) method (CIEEM, 2017)ii.  All
features of ecological interest are described in Section 3. Target notes are added illustrating the
locations of features of ecological interest and invasive species.  Target notes and associated grid
references are presented in Appendix B and illustrated on Figure 1. 
The methodologies used to record evidence of protected species are listed on Table 2-1 below.
The protected species selected are based on our previous knowledge of the site and surrounding
area and informed by the results of the Desk Study (Section 3.1). The original survey was
undertaken on 09th December, 2021 and the update survey for the revised proposal was
undertaken on 16th August, 2022. 
Table 2-1: Protected Species Survey Methods
Species/Guild Survey Methods 
Bats Collins (2016). Bat Surveys for Professional Ecologistsiii: Good
Practice Guidelines. The buildings, woodland areas and standard
trees within the site were categorised (high, medium, low or
negligible) for their potential to support roosting bats. 
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site. 
ii Charted Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (2017). Guidelines for Preliminary
Ecological Appraisal (2nd Edition).
iii Collins (2016). Bat Surveys for Professional Ecologists: Good Practice Guidelines. 3rd Edition. Bat
Conservation Trust. London.
736

Page 53

3
Species/Guild Survey Methods 
Red squirrel Searches for stripped cones and the presence of any drey
structures in trees were undertaken within accessible land  50m
of the site.
Otter and Water Vole Chanin (2003) “Monitoring the Otter”iv. The survey area for
otter and water vole comprised suitable habitats within 250m
of the site. Searches were undertaken for otter places of rest
(holts or couches), feeding signs and spraints. Searches were
undertaken to record the presence of evidence of water vole
presence including latrines, burrows, prints and feeding
stations. 
Survey area 200m from the site.
Badger Harris et al. (1989) “Surveying Badgers”v. Evidence for the
presence of badger was searched for including the presence of
setts, foraging signs, latrines, prints, mammal paths and guard
hairs, as well as any badger sightings. 
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site.
Great crested newt A Habitat Suitability Index (HSI) following Oldham et al. 2000vi
was undertaken at a single pond within the survey area (Figure
1) to determine its suitability for the protected amphibian
species great crested newt.
Birds Walkover survey looking for nesting birds, actual bird sightings,
bird sounds and other field signs such as feathers, pellets etc.   
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site.
Invasive Species A walkover survey was undertaken to record the presence of
any invasive species listed on Schedule 9 of the Wildlife and
Countryside Act. 
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site. 
iv Chanin P (2003). Monitoring the Otter Lutra lutra. Conserving Natura 2000 Rivers Monitoring Series No.
10, English Nature, Peterborough.
v Harris, S., Cresswell, P. & Jefferies, D. (1989) - Surveying for badgers. Occasional Publication of the
Mammal Society No. 9.  Mammal Society, Bristol.
vi Oldham R.S., Keeble J., Swan M.J.S. & Jeffcote M. (2000). Evaluating the suitability of habitat for the
Great Crested Newt (Triturus cristatus). Herpetological Journal 10(4), 143-155.
737

Page 54

4
3 RESULTS 
3.1 Desktop Study 
3.1.1 Statutory Designated Sites
Statutory designated sites located within 2km of the development site are considered in this
assessment.  Statutory designated sites are protected by EU and UK legislation and include: 
• SPAs;
• Special Areas of Conservation (SAC);
• Ramsar sites;
• Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI);
• National Nature Reserves (NNR); and
• Local Nature Reserves (LNR).   
There are no statutory sites designated for nature conservation within the area of search. The
closest statutory site designated for nature conservation is Wether Hill SSSI, which is notified on
account of its blanket bog, lowland calcareous grassland and upland oak woodland habitats, lies
approximately 2.3km from the site at its closest point and no effects are predicted on this
receptor.  
There are no known non-statutory designated sites within the 2km area of search. There are
several areas of woodland listed on the ancient woodland inventory within the search area, the
closest of which lies approximately 0.4km northeast of the development site at its closest point.
Similarly no effects are predicted on these receptors arising from the development. 
On the basis of the above, designated sites are not considered further in this report. 
3.1.2 Protected Mammal Species
The NBN Atlas has recorded the presence of one protected mammal species within the 2km grid
square that includes the site. There are several observational records of red squirrel Sciurus
vulgaris recorded within this search area within the last five years. 
3.2 Field Survey 
3.2.1 Habitats
Tethyknowe House is a large, rectangular, disused stone building with a pitched, slate roof. There
are two conically roofed bay windows protruding from the front (south) of the property and a
smaller dormer, on the first floor in the centre of the front of the building directly above the main
entrance to the property (Photograph 1). There is a small lean to conservatory on the west side
of the building, allowing an alternative access into the property (Photograph 2).
The grounds of Tethyknowe House comprise a sloping lawn, which retains a short sward. At the
base of the lawn there is a mature shelterbelt of mixed woodland around much of the south and
west of the site. The trees largely comprise Scots pine Pinus sylvestris, sitka spruce Picea
sitchensis, beech Fagus sylvatica, cherry Prunus sp. and sycamore Acer pseudoplatanus
(Photograph 3).
738

Page 55

5
A single pond lies approximately 150m north of the site (photograph 4). This is the only pond
shown within 500m of the site in Ordnance Survey 1:25,000 mapping. The pond is of an irregular
shape and lies in a shallow depression within an improved grassland field, which has a short
sward. There was little in the way a aquatic macrophyte vegetation present in the pond. Much
of the edges of the pond supported marginal vegetation in the form of soft rush Juncus effusus
and great reedmace Typha latifolia.
The Roughcleugh Burn (a minor tributary of the Black Devon) lies approximately 160m to the
south of the site. The burn was no more than 1m across within the survey area. The burn has
been straightened and is little more than a field drain across the survey reach. The water depth 
in the channel was of a very low level (<5cm) and the channel is almost completely covered with
bramble scrub and ruderal vegetation. 
3.2.2 Protected Species
3.2.2.1 Bats
Tethyknowe House was surveyed during December 2021 only and not surveyed during the
August 2022 visit due to its removal from the revised proposal. 
No roosting bats were recorded within Tethyknowe House. There were partially eaten insects
present in the loft void, which may be evidence of the presence of bats, however no droppings
of staining was noted during the survey visit, but some areas of the loft void were inaccessible
due to the presence of rotten timbers. The visit was also undertaken in December during the bat
hibernation period and, due to the low humidity levels in the building it is considered unlikely
that it would be used as a hibernation roost. 
In terms of the Bat Conservation Trust guidanceiii Tethyknowe House is considered to be of ‘High’
suitability for supporting roosting bats during the spring summer and autumn months when bats
are active. The score based on the following: 
• Numerous potential ingress/egress points into the building suitable for access by bats -
Gaps in soffits, gaps in mortar, some lifted flashing, and also ingress via gaps in the timber
in the lean to conservatory;
• Internal and external gaps allowing access into loft void; and
• Good linear connectivity from adjacent mature woodland shelter belts, providing
commuting and foraging opportunities. 
The outbuildings are low in nature, of timber and corrugated iron construction and lack enclosed
loft voids favoured by bats. They were considered to have negligible suitability for roosting bats. 
The mature beech trees within the mature shelterbelt of mixed wood at the western and
southern extents of the garden area are also considered of an age to have developed some
features favoured by roosting bats, such as small rot holes, minor cracks and lifted bark and ivy
coverage. These trees are considered to have low potential to support roosting bats, with the
cherry, sycamore and Scots pine considered to have negligible potential for roosting bats. 
The tree lines around the site offer linear commuting pathways and an invertebrate foraging
resource for bats.   
739

Page 56

6
3.2.2.2 Red Squirrel
No evidence of the presence of red squirrel was recorded during the December 2021 field survey
and no dreys were observed in the shelterbelt of mixed trees at the foot of the Tethyknowe
House garden. 
In August 2022 the update survey recorded fresh squirrel feeding remains (stripped pine cones)
below two Scot’s pine trees in this shelterbelt (Target Note 9).  Given the background records of
red squirrel, they are likely attributable to this species, rather than grey squirrel Sciurus
carolinensis. No squirrel dreys were observed within the shelterbelt. Three structures were
observed, but confirmed as woodpigeon Columba palumbus nests, with birds recorded exiting
and returning to these features during the August 2022 survey visit. 
There are larger structures considered to be squirrel dreys present in woodland surrounding the
main drive way which leads to Tethyknowe House and the other existing residential properties
accessed by this drive way (Target notes 10 and 11). 
3.2.2.3 Otter and Water Vole
Due to its minor nature and historical management the Roughcleugh Burn is considered to be of
negligible suitability for either otter Lutra lutra or water vole Arvicola amphibius and no evidence
of the presence of either of these species was recorded within 250m of the site on either of the
survey visits.   
3.2.2.4 Badger
No evidence of the presence of badger Meles meles was recorded on either of the survey visits
and this species is not considered further in this report. 
3.2.2.5 Great Crested Newt
The HSI results as shown on table below show the pond scores poorly in terms of its potential to
support the protected species, great crested newt Triturus cristatus. Its lack of suitability for this
species is largely based on its ephemeral nature and its isolation from any other nearby ponds
(within 500m). It is suitable for common amphibian species such as common frog Rana
temporaria. 
Table 3-1: Great Crested Newt HSI Results
Pond 1  
HSI
Element
Number HSI Element  HSI Score
SI No SI Description SI Value
1 Geographic location 0.5
2 Pond area 0.95
3 Pond permanence 0.1
4 Water quality 0.33
5 Shade 1
6 Waterfowl effect 0.67
7 Fish presence 1
8 Pond Density 0.318471338
9 Terrestrial habitat 0.33
740

Page 57

7
Pond 1  
HSI
Element
Number HSI Element  HSI Score
10 Macropyhyte cover 0.5
HSI Score 0.47
Pond Suitability* Poor
* HSI Score Pond Suitability
< 0.50 Poor
0.50 - 0.59 Below average
0.60 - 0.69 Average
0.70 - 0.79 Good
> 0.80 Excellent 
3.2.3 Invasive Species
No invasive plant species were recorded during the first survey visit in December 2021. Although
due to the late time of year it was not possible to conclusively confirm the presence, or not, of
invasive flora.  Two stands of Himalayan balsam Impatiens glandulifera were recorded during the
August 2022 survey. The locations of these stands are given in Target Notes 7 and 8. 
3.2.4 Birds
The trees in Tethyknowe House garden are likely to support nesting birds during the breeding
season (April – August) and indeed woodpigeon were confirmed as nesting within the shelterbelt
at the foot of the Tethyknowe House garden during the update survey visit in August 2022. 
Bird species were recorded during the survey visits are presented on Table 3-2 below. 
Table 3-2: Bird Sightings
Species Species Species
Black-headed gull Chroicocephalus ridibundus Great tit Parus major Jackdaw Corvus monedula
Buzzard Buteo buteo Greenfinch Chloris chloris Pied wagtail Motacilla alba
Blackcap Sylvia atricapilla Herring gull Larus argentatus Robin 
Erithacus rubecula
Blue tit Cyanistes caeruleus House sparrow Passer domesticus Wren Troglodytes troglodytes
Chaffinch Fringilla coelebs Sparrowhawk Accitper nisus Treecreeper Certhia familiaris
Raven Corvus corax   
741

Page 58

8
4 Appraisal, Mitigation and Enhancement
4.1 Bats
Given the removal of works to Tethyknowe House from the proposals no further surveys are
required to determine as there is no need for licensable bat works at this property. 
It is understood all existing trees will be retained under the proposals. It is advised that as a
minimum 10m distance is maintained from the footprint of the works to the existing trees and
that this boundary is demarcated prior to the commencement of any works by Heras fencing or
similar. In addition, it is advised that any temporary construction lighting or permanent lighting
at residential dwellings is directed away from tree lines. With the implementation of these
measures it is considered that disturbance to potentially roosting bats will be avoided and
disturbance to commuting and foraging bats will be negligible.
4.2 Red Squirrel
Two squirrel dreys are present in the woodland surrounding the driveway which leads to the
Tethyknowe House and the existing residential development, which lies adjacent to it (Target
Note 10) and squirrel feeding cones were recorded under the shelterbelt which forms the
southern boundary of Tethyknowe House garden (Target Note 9). 
It is understood that all trees will be retained under the revised proposals. The mature trees on
site provide a food source and continued opportunities for drey making. It is advised that as a
minimum 10m distance is maintained from the footprint of the works to the existing trees and
that this boundary is demarcated prior to the commencement of any works by Heras fencing or
similar. In addition, it is advised that any temporary construction lighting or permanent lighting
at residential dwellings is directed away from tree lines.
In addition to the above, during construction deep excavations should either be covered at the
end of the day, or fitted with mammal ramps, or graded sides to avoid the risk of red squirrel, or
other mammal species becoming trapped. 
With the implementation of these measures it is considered that disturbance to red squirrel will
be avoided. 
4.3 Birds
A range of common bird species are considered likely to be breed within the development site. 
The bird breeding season runs from April to August inclusive. 
It is recommended that construction is timed to either avoid the breeding season altogether, or
Scheduled to start before the breeding season starts (ideally before mid-March) so that birds
returning to the area to breed can choose a territory/nest location away from potentially
disturbing activities. In the event this is not possible, prior to the commencement of clearance
works, all suitable nesting habitat (trees/scrub and Tethyknowe House) should first be checked
to determine the presence of any active nests. If an active nest is confirmed to be present, an
exclusion zone should be erected around the nest until all dependent young have fledged, or if
the nest is no longer active.
742

Page 59

9
4.4 Invasive Species
Two stands of the invasive species Himalayan balsam were recorded on site during the August
2022 visit, which were not observed in December 2021 due to the die back of his species within
winter months. Himalayan balsam is listed as an invasive species on schedule 9 of the Wildlife
and Countryside Act and under the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 (WANE
Act), it is illegal to cause the spread of this species in the wild. 
Himalayan balsam spreads by means of explosive seed pods in late August. NatureScot advise
referring to the Property Care Association (PCA) 2015 Guidance Note – Management of
Himalayan Balsam for methods to control this species. There are a range of options available but
some, such as disposal in a licenced facility can be both environmentally unsound and expensive.
On consideration of this guidance and the current site, it is recommended in this instance to
leave this plant in situ over the winter and then hand pull the plants in late spring/early summer
period prior to seed pods developing (note several visits may be required over this period to
ensure newly germinated plants are removed over the course of the growing season. The pulled
plants can be piled on a tarpaulin, where they will die and dry out and appropriately disposed of,
such as buried on site within the extent of the stand, and thus preventing the further spread of
this invasive species. 
4.5 Ecological Enhancement 
The habitats around the site support red squirrel and nesting birds, and contain suitable habitat
for bats and also hedgehog Erinaceus europaeus. It is advised that opportunities for these
receptors are augmented as part of the development. This can be achieved by the incorporation
of the following measures. 
1) Installation of bat, squirrel and bird boxes on existing trees and hedgehog boxes in and
around woodland edges; 
2) Swift Apus apus boxes can be incorporated onto new buildings;
3) New planting to comprise native species of local provenance, including fruit bearing
species to benefit foraging wildlife; and
4) Leaving gaps under any new fencing sufficient to allow continued hedgehog passage in
and out of the site. 
743

Page 60

10
5 APPENDICES 
744

Page 61

11
5.1 Appendix A (Photographs)
1) Tethyknowe House  2) Lean to conservatory 
3) Shelterbelt in garden (south
and west) 
4) Pond north of site 
5) Rotted facia boards  6) Rotted facia boards 
7) Rotted facia and soffit boards  8) Loft void 
745

Page 62

12
9) Rotted joists and gaps in
mortar in interoir of
Tethyknowe House 
10) Interiror of Tethyknowe House
showing stripped lath and
plaster 
11) Rear (northern) gable  12) Outbuilidng to rear of
Tethyknowe House 
13) Outbuildings used as sawmill  14) Outbuildings used as sawmill 
746

Page 63

13
15) Himalayan balsam  16) Squirrel feeding cones 
17) Squirrel drey 
747

Page 64

14
5.3 Appendix B (Target Notes) 
Target Note
Number
Grid
Reference
Feature
1 NT 01495
95258
Tethyknowe House. Disused. Stone construction. Gaps in mortar. Rotted soffits/facia.
Ingress/egress points allowing potential access for bats and birds. 
2 NT 01478
95227 
Mature shelterbelt of mixed woodland. Beech, sitka spruce, Scot’s pine. Potential to support
red squirrel, nesting birds and roosting bats.
3 NT 01475
95251
Outbuildings. Wood structure and corrugated iron roof. Negligible wildlife potential.
4 NT 01492
95269
Outbuilding. Wood structure and corrugated iron roof. Negligible wildlife potential.
5 NT 01598
95444
Pond. Shallow/likely ephemeral. Lack of aquatic macrophytes. Marginal vegetation – great
reedmace and soft rush. 
6 NT 01520
95047
Roughcleugh Burn. Historically straightened for field drainage. Little water. Overgrown banks
(bramble scrub and ruderal).
7 NT 01482
95267
Himalayan balsam.
8 NT 01473
95259
Himalayan balsam.
9 NT 01488
95245
Squirrel feeding cones.
10 NT 01413
95258
Two squirrel dreys. 
748

Page 65

Moving Still Architecture
Tethyknowe
Ecology Survey
Figure 1 - Site Location and Target Notes
Version: 1.0
Date: 14/11/2022
Scale: 1:2,500
Target Notes
LEGEND
Copyright Information:
OpenStreetMap contributors. 2022.
749

Page 66

750

Page 67

Page 1 of 3 
Kaas Ventures Ltd
c/o Houghton Planning Ltd
Paul Houghton MRTPI
Alloa Business Centre
Whins Road
Alloa
FK10 3RF 
Pullar House
35 Kinnoull Street
PERTH  
PH1  5GD 
Date of Notice :8th November 2022 
TOWN AND COUNTRY PLANNING (SCOTLAND) ACT 
Application Reference: 22/01009/IPL 
I am directed by the Planning Authority under the Town and Country Planning
(Scotland) Acts currently in force, to refuse your application registered on 24th June
2022 for permission for Erection of a dwellinghouse and garage (in principle)
Land 35 Metres South West Of Tethyknowe House Blairingone     for the reasons
undernoted.   
David Littlejohn
Head of Planning and Development 
Reasons for Refusal 
1.   The proposed development is contrary to Placemaking Policies 1A and 1B of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019).  Residential development of
this site would not contribute positively to the built and natural environment and
detract from the landscaped setting of the existing building group. 
2.   The proposal is contrary to Policy 19, Housing in the Countryside, of the Perth
and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) and the associated Housing in the
Countryside Supplementary Guidance (March 2020) as it does not meet any of
the criteria within the categories 1) Building Groups, 2) Infill sites, 3) New houses
in the open countryside, 4) Renovation or replacement of houses, 5) Conversion
or replacement of redundant non-domestic buildings and 6) Development on rural
brownfield land.   
Development of the proposed site would not integrate into or enhance the
surrounding environment and would detract from the visual amenity of the
existing building group and surrounding area.   
751

Page 68

(Page  of 3) 2 
3.   The proposal is contrary to Policy 39, Landscape, of the Perth ad Kinross Local
Development Plan 2 (2019). This requires proposals to be compatible with the
distinctive characteristics and features of Perth and Kinross's landscapes and not
erode local distinctiveness, diversity and quality and the quality of landscape
experience.  Development of the site would significantly diminish the landscape
setting of the wider building group and would erode local distinctiveness and the
historic and cultural dimension of the local landscape. 
4.   The proposal is contrary to Policy 40A, Forest and Woodland Strategy, of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) that seeks to protect existing
trees and woodland.  It is also contrary to Policy 40B, Trees, Woodland and
Development, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) which
states that there will be a presumption in favour of protecting woodland
resources.  It has not been demonstrated that development of the site can be
achieved without significant impact on the existing woodland resource.   
Justification 
The proposal is not in accordance with the Development Plan and there are no
material reasons which justify departing from the Development Plan. 
The plans and documents relating to this decision are listed below and are
displayed on Perth and Kinross Council’s website at www.pkc.gov.uk “Online
Planning Applications” page 
Plan Reference 
01 
02 
03 
04 
05 
06 
07 
08 
752

Page 69

1
REPORT OF HANDLING
DELEGATED REPORT
Ref No 22/01009/IPL
Ward No P8- Kinross-shire
Due Determination Date 23rd August 2022 Extended to 11th November 2022
Draft Report Date 7th November 2022 
Report Issued by PB Date 7th November 2022
PROPOSAL:  Erection of a dwellinghouse and garage (in principle)
LOCATION:  Land 35 Metres South West Of Tethyknowe House
Blairingone   
SUMMARY:
This report recommends refusal of the application as the development is considered
to be contrary to the relevant provisions of the Development Plan and there are no
material considerations apparent which justify setting aside the Development Plan.
Background and description of proposal
Planning permission is sought for the erection of a dwellinghouse and garage at a
site to the south west of Tethyknowe House, around 3 kilometres south east of
Blairingone.  
The application is in principle.
Tethyknowe House is a substantial unlisted period style property.  A modern
development of 6 detached houses is located to the north and east of Tethyknowe
House.
This application and a related application to the east (22/01010/IPL) propose
residential development within the wooded grounds around the house.  This area
acts as a natural screen and biodiversity habitat and contributes significantly to the
wider landscaped setting of the building group.  
SITE HISTORY
22/01010/IPL  Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle)  Pending decision
PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION
Pre application Reference: 21/00385/PREAPP, 22/00138/PREAPP
NATIONAL POLICY AND GUIDANCE
The Scottish Government expresses its planning policies through The National
Planning Framework, the Scottish Planning Policy (SPP), Planning Advice Notes
753

Page 70

2
(PAN), Creating Places, Designing Streets, National Roads Development Guide and
a series of Circulars.  
DEVELOPMENT PLAN
The Development Plan for the area comprises the TAYplan Strategic Development
Plan 2016-2036 and the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019).
TAYplan Strategic Development Plan 2016 – 2036 - Approved October 2017
Whilst there are no specific policies or strategies directly relevant to this proposal the
overall vision of the TAYplan should be noted.  The vision states “By 2036 the
TAYplan area will be sustainable, more attractive, competitive and vibrant without
creating an unacceptable burden on our planet. The quality of life will make it a place
of first choice where more people choose to live, work, study and visit, and where
businesses choose to invest and create jobs.”
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 – Adopted November 2019
The Local Development Plan 2 (LDP2) is the most recent statement of Council policy
and is augmented by Supplementary Guidance.
The principal policies are:
Policy 1A: Placemaking  
Policy 1B: Placemaking  
Policy 5: Infrastructure Contributions  
Policy 15: Public Access  
Policy 19: Housing in the Countryside  
Policy 32: Embedding Low & Zero Carbon Generating Technologies in New
Development
Policy 39: Landscape  
Policy 40A: Forestry, Woodland and Trees: Forest and Woodland Strategy
Policy 40B: Forestry, Woodland and Trees: Trees, Woodland and Development
Policy 41: Biodiversity  
Policy 53B: Water Environment and Drainage: Foul Drainage
Policy 53C: Water Environment and Drainage: Surface Water Drainage
Policy 53E: Water Environment and Drainage: Water Supply
Policy 58A: Contaminated and Unstable Land: Contaminated Land
Policy 58B: Contaminated and Unstable Land: Unstable Land
Policy 59: Digital Infrastructure  
Policy 60B: Transport Standards and Accessibility Requirements: New Development
Proposals
OTHER POLICIES
Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance adopted 2020
Developer Contributions and Affordable Housing Supplementary Guidance adopted
2020
Placemaking Supplementary Guidance adopted 2020
Planning for Nature: Development Management and Wildlife Guide adopted 2022
754

Page 71

3
CONSULTATION  RESPONSES
Environmental Health (Contaminated Land)
No objection subject to contaminated land condition.
Fossoway And District Community Council
Comments made with regard to the design of any new buildings, promotion of
biodiversity and a requirement for passing places along the minor road. 
The Coal Authority
Informative note required with regard coal consultation area.
Scottish Water
No objection. No Scottish Water waste water infrastructure in the area. Private
arrangements required.
INEOS FPS Ltd
No response in timescale.
Transport Planning
No objection subject to condition.
Development Contributions Officer
Condition required to ensure compliance with policy 5, infrastructure contributions,
primary education.  
Biodiversity/Tree Officer
Further detail and surveys required with full application.
REPRESENTATIONS
5 representations were received of which 3 object to the application.
The representations relate to the following:
 Contrary to housing in the countryside policy;
 Red line site boundaries do not tie up leaving space for further infill in the
south;
 Ownership of track is not shared, access rights to Tethyknowe House only, no
rights to access the application site;
 No agreement in place for utility connections to site – would be disruption; 
 Water supply and drainage issues;
 Trees have been felled on the site, page 5 of the covering letter is out of date;
 Shortcomings in ecological report – more information required on bats and
does not mention hedgehogs ad red squirrels which are present on site; 
 Blue line ownership boundary is incorrect;
 Passing places required;
 Design should be sympathetic to neighbouring buildings;
 Cost of school travel to Council – unsustainable travel patterns.
755

Page 72

4
The material planning considerations will be addressed in the report below.  Issus
with regard to private access rights and land ownership are not material planning
considerations.
ADDITIONAL STATEMENTS
Screening Opinion  EIA Not Required
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA):
Environmental Report
Not applicable
Appropriate Assessment Habitats Regulations 
AA Not Required
Design Statement or Design and Access
Statement
Not Required
Report on Impact or Potential Impact eg Flood
Risk Assessment
Geoenvironmental Report
and Ecological Report
Submitted
APPRAISAL
Sections 25 and 37 (2) of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997
require that planning decisions be made in accordance with the development plan
unless material considerations indicate otherwise.  The Development Plan for the
area comprises the approved TAYplan and the adopted LDP2.
The determining issues in this case are whether; the proposal complies with
development plan policy; or if there are any other material considerations which
justify a departure from policy.
Policy Appraisal
The local development plan seeks to encourage development to within settlements
that are defined by a settlement boundary in the Local Development Plan. This site
lies out with a settlement boundary where policy 19 Housing in the Countryside
applies.  Policy 19 and its associated guidance acknowledges that opportunities do
exist for housing in rural areas to support the viability of communities, meet
development needs in appropriate locations while safeguarding the character of the
countryside as well as ensuring that a high standard of siting and design is achieved.
The Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Planning Guidance identified six
categories and criteria within them where development will be permitted under Policy
19. The categories are as follows:-
1. Building Groups. 
2. Infill sites. 
3. New houses in the open countryside on defined categories of sites as set out
in section 3 of the Supplementary Guidance. 
4. Renovation or replacement of houses. 
756

Page 73

5
5. Conversion or replacement of redundant non-domestic buildings. 
6. Development on rural brownfield land
Information submitted with the application suggests that the site is brownfield as
there are existing buildings there and de-contamination will be required prior to
development.  However the brownfield category has specific requirements.  Where
buildings exist these should be capable of conversion or re-use and in general non-
traditional domestic buildings under category 5 are not appropriate for conversion to
a dwellinghouse.  Category 6 requires the site to be cleared of buildings and to
require remediation before being re-used.  If this is the case a remediation plan
would be required to be submitted with the planning application.  Whist an initial
survey has been submitted this does not appear to suggest that the whole site is
contaminated and the former outbuildings and industrial compound only affects a
small part of the site.  The criteria in the brownfield part of the housing in the
countryside policy are therefore not met.
The building group category is of most relevance to this proposal.  The policy states
that where buildings appear as an obvious group within their landscape setting
permission may be granted for development within the group or by adding to the
group.  
The Guidance states that permission will be granted for houses within building
groups providing it can be demonstrated that: 
 New housing will respect the character, scale and form of the existing group,
and will be integrated into the existing layout and building pattern. 
 New housing will not detract from the visual amenity of the group when
viewed from the wider landscape. 
 A high standard of residential amenity will be provided for both existing and
new housing.
In addition permission may be granted, subject to the criteria above, for houses
which extend the group into a readily definable adjacent site. This will be formed by
existing topography, roads or well-established existing landscape features such as a
watercourse or mature tree belt which will provide a suitable setting. 
In this case Tethyknowe House is a traditional dwellinghouse with a significant
woodland resource which contributes to the setting of the house and the new
steading style development to the north and east.
The formation of a house plot to the southwest of the existing dwellinghouse does
not respect the character and form of the existing group.  Development here, along
with the proposed site to the east (application no. 22/01010/IPL) would engulf and
surround the existing house and would not integrate into the existing layout and
building pattern.  Development would detract from the visual amenity of the group
when viewed from the wider landscape.  In addition with the plot being forward of the
757

Page 74

6
principal elevation of the Tethyknowe House, along with the road layout, a high
standard of residential amenity may not be provided for both the existing and new
housing.
Taking account of the above there is no support for the principle of residential
development on this site under Policy 19 and the associated Housing in the
Countryside Guide.
Other aspects of the proposal will be considered in the report below.
Design and Layout
As the application is in principle, there is no detailed dwelling proposal. However, the
plans do include an indicative layout that shows a dwellinghouse and garage located
to the southwest of the existing house within the wooded area. 
Placemaking policies require developments to contribute positively to the quality of
the surrounding built and natural environment.  Housing in the Countryside “For All
Proposals” criteria requires developments to enhance the surrounding environment.
The indicative siting of the proposed house and garage is likely to impact
significantly on the setting and amenity of the existing house and also impact on the
existing woodland.  The covering letter suggests that full advantage would be taken
of the southern aspect of the site to benefit from solar gain.  To take full advantage of
this it is likely that additional trees would be required to be removed which would
diminish the landscape setting of the wider building group and would not contribute
positively to the quality of the surrounding built and natural environment nor would it
enhance the surroundings.
Landscape
The site is part of an established landscaped area that contributes positively to the
setting of the building group.  The existing woodland effectively screens the existing
development and contributes to the character of the area.  Policy 39 requires
proposals to be compatible with the distinctive characteristics and features of Perth
and Kinross's landscapes and not erode local distinctiveness, diversity and quality
and the quality of landscape experience.
The tree survey submitted with the application indicates that the existing trees have
extensive root protection areas.  Whilst it is noted in supporting information that the
indicative siting seeks to avoid the trees an Arboricultural Impact Assessment would
be required to demonstrate this and to assess the full impact on the existing trees. 
Policy 40A, Forest and Woodland Strategy that seeks to protect existing
trees/woodland and Policy 40B, Trees, Woodland and Development, states that
there will be a presumption in favour of protecting woodland resources. 
Development as proposed is likely to result in tree loss and pressure for further
removal of trees if development is supported in this location.  This would be to the
detriment of the landscape setting of the building group and lead to an erosion of
local distinctiveness, diversity and quality and the quality of landscape experience.
758

Page 75

7
Residential Amenity
Planning control has a duty to future occupiers not to create situations of potential
conflict between neighbours. An acceptable level of amenity for the proposed
properties is required. 
As this is a planning in principle application the exact impact on existing amenity and
the proposed residential amenity of future occupiers of housing within the
development cannot be fully determined. However as mentioned above there is
concern that the presence of trees close to any proposed dwellinghouse is likely to
result in low amenity in terms of natural light into the house and sunlight into garden
areas which is likely to result in pressure to remove further trees following
occupation.
Visual Amenity
The site is elevated from the public road to the south and as such the site is visually
prominent.  There is potential for an adverse visual impact if development occurs in
the existing wooded area that could weaken the landscaped setting of the existing
building group.
Roads and Access
The site is accessed along an existing track from a minor road.  The private track
serves other houses and is also a potential recreational route having been
safeguarded in earlier planning permissions.  Should permission be given a condition
to protect the path would be required.
Representations have been received expressing a desire to see additional passing
places provided along the public road on the approach to the private access. 
Transport Planning has been consulted and whilst this is not specifically one of their
requirements a condition is requested, if approved, to ensure all access matters and
other transport facilities and infrastructure (including the disposal of surface water)
shall be in accordance with the National Roads Development Guide.  
An objection has been received expressing concern that further development would
lead to unsustainable travel patterns.  It is agreed that the site is not well served by
public transport and could contribute to additional journeys that could be avoided if
development was within a settlement closer to facilities and services.  
Drainage and Flooding
The site is not in an area identified as being at risk of river flooding.
The site will be served by mains water and a private sewage treatment plant.  The
application form states that a sustainable urban drainage system will be used to treat
surface water.  This application is being refused for other reasons however full
details of surface water and foul drainage infrastructure would be required should
any detailed proposals be put forward. 
759

Page 76

8
Conservation Considerations
The property is not listed nor within a conservation area.  The site is of some historic
interest with Tethyknowe House being recorded on historic maps since 1866.  The
area to the south was previously set out as formal gardens with the woodland areas
to the south and west and tree lined driveway developing over time.  The positioning
of residential development would disrupt this historic relationship and detract from
the setting of the main house.  
Natural Heritage and Biodiversity
A Preliminary Ecological Appraisal Report and Tree Survey has been submitted. A
range of biodiversity enhancements and requirements for further survey have been
set out by the Biodiversity Officer to inform any further detailed submission.  Policy
40 requires all proposals to enhance biodiversity.  If this application is approved a
condition would be attached requiring further ecological survey work to be
undertaken and enhancement measures included in any detailed submission.
Contaminated Land
Three objections have been received relating to contaminated land concerns. 
Supporting information provided by the applicant includes the submission of a Geo-
Environmental Design Report prepared by Corebrook Engineering dated December
2021.  Further investigations and works will be required on this site before
development is carried out.
If approved a contaminated land condition would be applied.
Coal
The Coal Authority has been consulted.  The application site does not fall within the
defined Development High Risk Area and is located instead within the defined
Development Low Risk Area. This means that there is no requirement under the risk-
based approach that has been agreed with the Local Planning Authority (LPA) for a
Coal Mining Risk Assessment to be submitted or for The Coal Authority to be
consulted. An informative note would be required.
Zero Carbon
Policy 32 seeks to ensure use of low and zero-carbon technologies.  Compliance
with this policy would be required should a detailed application be submitted.
Developer Contributions
Primary Education  
The Council Developer Contributions Supplementary Guidance requires a financial
contribution towards increased primary school capacity in areas where a primary
school capacity constraint has been identified. A capacity constraint is defined as
where a primary school is operating at over 80% and is likely to be operating
760

Page 77

9
following completion of the proposed development, extant planning permissions and
Local Development Plan allocations, at or above 100% of total capacity.
This proposal is within the catchment of Fossoway Primary School. 
Any approval would require a condition to ensure any future development is in
accordance with the requirements of Perth & Kinross Council’s Developer
Contributions and Affordable Housing Supplementary Guidance 2020 in line with
Policy 5: Infrastructure Contributions of the Perth & Kinross Local Development Plan
2 (2019) with particular regard to primary education infrastructure, or such
subsequent Guidance and Policy which may replace these.
Economic Impact
The economic impact of the proposal is likely to be minimal and limited to the
construction phase of the development.
VARIATION OF APPLICATION UNDER SECTION 32A 
This application was not varied prior to determination, in accordance with the terms
of section 32A of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as amended.  
PLANNING OBLIGATIONS AND LEGAL AGREEMENTS
None required.  
DIRECTION BY SCOTTISH MINISTERS
None applicable to this proposal.
CONCLUSION AND REASONS FOR DECISION
To conclude, the application must be determined in accordance with the adopted
Development Plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise.  In this respect,
the proposal is considered to be contrary to the Development Plan.  Account has
been taken of the relevant material considerations and none has been found that
would justify overriding the adopted Development Plan.
Accordingly the proposal is refused on the grounds identified below.
Reasons 
1 The proposed development is contrary to Placemaking Policies 1A and 1B of
the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019).  Residential
development of this site would not contribute positively to the built and natural
environment and detract from the landscaped setting of the existing building
group.  
2 The proposal is contrary to Policy 19, Housing in the Countryside, of the Perth
and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) and the associated Housing in
the Countryside Supplementary Guidance (March 2020) as it does not meet
any of the criteria within the categories 1) Building Groups, 2) Infill sites, 3)
New houses in the open countryside, 4) Renovation or replacement of
761

Page 78

10
houses, 5) Conversion or replacement of redundant non-domestic buildings
and 6) Development on rural brownfield land.  
Development of the proposed site would not integrate into or enhance the
surrounding environment and would detract from the visual amenity of the
existing building group and surrounding area.  
3 The proposal is contrary to Policy 39, Landscape, of the Perth ad Kinross
Local Development Plan 2 (2019). This requires proposals to be compatible
with the distinctive characteristics and features of Perth and Kinross's
landscapes and not erode local distinctiveness, diversity and quality and the
quality of landscape experience.  Development of the site would significantly
diminish the landscape setting of the wider building group and would erode
local distinctiveness and the historic and cultural dimension of the local
landscape.
4 The proposal is contrary to Policy 40A, Forest and Woodland Strategy, of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) that seeks to protect
existing trees and woodland.  It is also contrary to Policy 40B, Trees,
Woodland and Development, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development
Plan 2 (2019) which states that there will be a presumption in favour of
protecting woodland resources.  It has not been demonstrated that
development of the site can be achieved without significant impact on the
existing woodland resource.  
Justification
The proposal is not in accordance with the Development Plan and there are no
material reasons which justify departing from the Development Plan.
Informatives
None.
Procedural Notes
Not Applicable.
PLANS AND DOCUMENTS RELATING TO THIS DECISION
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
762

Page 79

Page 1 of 10
Pullar House 35 Kinnoull Street Perth PH1 5GD  Tel: 01738 475300  Fax: 01738 475310  Email: onlineapps@pkc.gov.uk
Applications cannot be validated until all the necessary documentation has been submitted and the required fee has been paid.
Thank you for completing this application form:
ONLINE REFERENCE 100567320-001
The online reference is the unique reference for your online form only. The  Planning Authority will allocate an Application Number when
your form is validated. Please quote this reference if you need to contact the planning Authority about this application.
Type of Application
What is this application for? Please select one of the following: *
  Application for planning permission (including changes of use and surface  mineral working).
  Application for planning permission in principle.
  Further application, (including renewal of planning permission, modification, variation or removal of a planning condition etc)
  Application for Approval of Matters specified in conditions.
Description of Proposal
Please describe the proposal including any change of use: *  (Max 500 characters)
Is this a temporary permission? *  Yes   No
If a change of use is to be included in the proposal has it already taken place?  Yes   No
(Answer ‘No’ if there is no change of use.) *
Has the work already been started and/or completed? *
 No   Yes – Started   Yes - Completed
Applicant or Agent Details
Are you an applicant or an agent? * (An agent is an architect, consultant or someone else acting
on behalf of the applicant in connection with this application)  Applicant  Agent
Single dwelling and garage
763

Page 80

Page 2 of 10
Agent Details
Please enter Agent details
Company/Organisation:
Ref. Number: You must enter a Building Name or Number, or both: *
First Name: * Building Name:
Last Name: * Building Number:
Address 1
Telephone Number: * (Street): *
Extension Number: Address 2:
Mobile Number: Town/City: *
Fax Number: Country: *
Postcode: *
Email Address: *
Is the applicant an individual or an organisation/corporate entity? *
  Individual    Organisation/Corporate entity
Applicant Details
Please enter Applicant details
Title: You must enter a Building Name or Number, or both: *
Other Title: Building Name:
First Name: * Building Number:
Address 1
Last Name: * (Street): *
Company/Organisation Address 2:
Telephone Number: * Town/City: *
Extension Number: Country: *
Mobile Number: Postcode: *
Fax Number:
Email Address: *
Houghton Planning Ltd
Paul
Houghton MRTPI
Whins Road
Cooperage Way
Alloa Business Centre
Unit 4
07780117708
FK10 3RF
FK10 3LP
Scotland
Clacks
Clacks
Alloa
Alloa
paul@houghtonplanning.co.uk
paul@houghtonplanning.co.uk
Kaas Ventures Ltd
764

Page 81

Page 3 of 10
Site Address Details
Planning Authority:
Full postal address of the site (including postcode where available):
Address 1: 
Address 2:
Address 3:
Address 4:
Address 5:
Town/City/Settlement:
Post Code:
Please identify/describe the location of the site or sites
Northing Easting
Pre-Application Discussion
Have you discussed your proposal with the planning authority? *  Yes   No
Pre-Application Discussion Details Cont.
In what format was the feedback given? *
 Meeting  Telephone  Letter  Email
Please provide a description of the feedback you were given and the name of the officer who provided this feedback. If a processing
agreement [note 1] is currently in place or if you are currently discussing a processing agreement with the planning authority, please
provide details of this. (This will help the authority to deal with this application more efficiently.) * (max 500 characters)
Title: Other title:
First Name: Last Name:
Correspondence Reference Date (dd/mm/yyyy):
Number:
Note 1. A Processing agreement involves setting out the key stages involved in determining a planning application, identifying what
information is required and from whom and setting timescales for the delivery of various stages of the process.
TETHYKNOWE HOUSE
.
Mr
Perth and Kinross Council
John
BLAIRINGONE
21/00385/PREAPP
Development Management
Officer
Russell
DOLLAR
02/08/2021
FK14 7ND
695260 301493
765

Page 82

Page 4 of 10
Site Area
Please state the site area:
Please state the measurement type used:  Hectares (ha)   Square Metres (sq.m)
Existing Use
Please describe the current or most recent use: *  (Max 500 characters)
Access and Parking
Are you proposing a new altered vehicle access to or from a public road? *  Yes   No
If Yes please describe and show on your drawings the position of any existing. Altered or new access points, highlighting the changes
you propose to make. You should also show existing footpaths and note if there will be any impact on these.
Are you proposing any change to public paths, public rights of way or affecting any public right of access? *  Yes   No
If Yes please show on your drawings the position of any affected areas highlighting the changes you propose to make, including
arrangements for continuing or alternative public access.
Water Supply and Drainage Arrangements
Will your proposal require new or altered water supply or drainage arrangements? *  Yes   No
Are you proposing to connect to the public drainage network (eg. to an existing sewer)? *
  Yes – connecting to public drainage network
  No – proposing to make private drainage arrangements
  Not Applicable – only arrangements for water supply required
As you have indicated that you are proposing to make private drainage arrangements, please provide further details.
What private arrangements are you proposing? *
 New/Altered septic tank.
 Treatment/Additional treatment (relates to package sewage treatment plants, or passive sewage treatment such as a reed bed).
 Other private drainage arrangement (such as chemical toilets or composting toilets).
Please explain your private drainage arrangements briefly here and show more details on your plans and supporting information: *
0.20
Garden and industrial site
.
766

Page 83

Page 5 of 10
Do your proposals make provision for sustainable drainage of surface water?? *  Yes   No
(e.g. SUDS arrangements) *
Note:-
Please include details of SUDS arrangements on your plans
Selecting ‘No’ to the above question means that you could be in breach of Environmental legislation.
Are you proposing to connect to the public water supply network? *
  Yes
  No, using a private water supply
  No connection required
If No, using a private water supply, please show on plans the supply and all works needed to provide it (on or off site).
Assessment of Flood Risk
Is the site within an area of known risk of flooding? *  Yes    No   Don’t Know
If the site is within an area of known risk of flooding you may need to submit a Flood Risk Assessment before your application can be
determined. You may wish to contact your Planning Authority or SEPA for advice on what information may be required.
Do you think your proposal may increase the flood risk elsewhere? *  Yes    No   Don’t Know
Trees
Are there any trees on or adjacent to the application site? *  Yes   No
If Yes, please mark on your drawings any trees, known protected trees and their canopy spread close to the proposal site and indicate if
any are to be cut back or felled.
All Types of Non Housing Development – Proposed New Floorspace
Does your proposal alter or create non-residential floorspace? *  Yes   No
Schedule 3 Development
Does the proposal involve a form of development listed in Schedule 3 of the Town and Country  Yes   No   Don’t Know
Planning (Development Management Procedure (Scotland) Regulations 2013 *
If yes, your proposal will additionally have to be advertised in a newspaper circulating in the area of the development. Your planning
authority will do this on your behalf but will charge you a fee. Please check the planning authority’s website for advice on the additional
fee and add this to your planning fee.
If you are unsure whether your proposal involves a form of development listed in Schedule 3, please check the Help Text and Guidance
notes before contacting your planning authority.
Planning Service Employee/Elected Member Interest
Is the applicant, or the applicant’s spouse/partner, either a member of staff within the planning service or an  Yes    No
elected member of the planning authority? *
767

Page 84

Page 6 of 10
Certificates and Notices
CERTIFICATE AND NOTICE UNDER REGULATION 15 – TOWN AND COUNTRY PLANNING (DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT
PROCEDURE) (SCOTLAND) REGULATION 2013
One Certificate must be completed and submitted along with the application form. This is most usually Certificate A, Form 1,
Certificate B, Certificate C or Certificate E.
Are you/the applicant the sole owner of ALL the land? *  Yes    No
Is any of the land part of an agricultural holding? *  Yes    No
Are you able to identify and give appropriate notice to ALL the other owners? *   Yes    No
Certificate Required
The following Land Ownership Certificate is required to complete this section of the proposal:
Certificate B
768

Page 85

Page 7 of 10
Land Ownership Certificate
Certificate and Notice under Regulation 15 of the Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland)
Regulations 2013
I hereby certify that
(1) - No person other than myself/the applicant was an owner [Note 4] of any part of the land to which the application relates at the
beginning of the period of 21 days ending with the date of the accompanying application;
or –
(1) - I have/The Applicant has served notice on every person other than myself/the applicant who, at the beginning of the period of 21
days ending with the date of the accompanying application was owner [Note 4] of any part of the land to which the application relates.
Name:
Address:
Date of Service of Notice: *
Name:
Address:
Date of Service of Notice: *
Name:
Address:
Date of Service of Notice: *
Name:
Address:
Date of Service of Notice: *
Name:
Address:
. WJ and FE  Lindsay
. G and J  Pye
. RI and MA  McArthur
. JM  McBrien
. JP  Davey
1, Tethyknowe Steading, Blairingone, Dollar, Scotland, FK14 7ND
2, Tethyknowe Steading, Blairingone, Dollar, Scotland, FK14 7ND
3, Tethyknowe Steading, Blairingone, Dollar, Scotland, FK14 7ND
4, Tethyknowe Steading, Blairingone, Dollar, Scotland, FK14 7ND
5, Tethyknowe Steading, Blairingone, Dollar, Scotland, FK14 7ND
31/05/2022
31/05/2022
01/06/2022
31/05/2022
769

Page 86

Page 8 of 10
Date of Service of Notice: *
Name:
Address:
Date of Service of Notice: *
(2) - None of the land to which the application relates constitutes or forms part of an agricultural holding;
or –
(2) - The land or part of the land to which the application relates constitutes or forms part of an agricultural holding and I have/the
applicant has served notice on every person other than myself/himself who, at the beginning of the period of 21 days ending with the
date of the accompanying application was an agricultural tenant.  These persons are:
Name:
Address:
Date of Service of Notice: *
Signed: Paul Houghton MRTPI
On behalf of: Kaas Ventures Ltd
Date: 01/06/2022
 Please tick here to certify this Certificate. *
. MRA and SM  O’Bryen
6, Tethyknowe Steading, Blairingone, Dollar, Scotland, FK14 7ND
31/05/2022
31/05/2022
770

Page 87

Page 9 of 10
Checklist – Application for Planning Permission
Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997
The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013
Please take a few moments to complete the following checklist in order to ensure that you have provided all the necessary information
in support of your application. Failure to submit sufficient information with your application may result in your application being deemed
invalid. The planning authority will not start processing your application until it is valid.
a) If this is a further application where there is a variation of conditions attached to a previous consent, have you provided a statement to
that effect? *
 Yes   No   Not applicable to this application
b) If this is an application for planning permission or planning permission in principal where there is a crown interest in the land, have
you provided a statement to that effect? *
 Yes   No   Not applicable to this application
c) If this is an application for planning permission, planning permission in principle or a further application and the application is for
development belonging to the categories of national or major development (other than one under Section 42 of the planning Act), have
you provided a Pre-Application Consultation Report? *
 Yes   No   Not applicable to this application
Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997
The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013
d) If this is an application for planning permission and the application relates to development belonging to the categories of national or
major developments and you do not benefit from exemption under Regulation 13 of The Town and Country Planning (Development
Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013, have you provided a Design and Access Statement? *
 Yes   No   Not applicable to this application
e) If this is an application for planning permission and relates to development belonging to the category of local developments (subject
to regulation 13. (2) and (3) of the Development Management Procedure (Scotland) Regulations 2013) have you provided a Design
Statement? *
 Yes   No   Not applicable to this application
f) If your application relates to installation of an antenna to be employed in an electronic communication network, have you provided an
ICNIRP Declaration? *
 Yes   No   Not applicable to this application
g) If this is an application for planning permission, planning permission in principle, an application for approval of matters specified in
conditions or an application for mineral development, have you provided any other plans or drawings as necessary:
  Site Layout Plan or Block plan.
  Elevations.
  Floor plans.
  Cross sections.
  Roof plan.
  Master Plan/Framework Plan.
  Landscape plan.
  Photographs and/or photomontages.
  Other.
If Other, please specify: *  (Max 500 characters)
771

Page 88

Page 10 of 10
Provide copies of the following documents if applicable:
A copy of an Environmental Statement. *  Yes   N/A
A Design Statement or Design and Access Statement. *  Yes   N/A
A Flood Risk Assessment. *  Yes   N/A
A Drainage Impact Assessment (including proposals for Sustainable Drainage Systems). *  Yes   N/A
Drainage/SUDS layout. *  Yes   N/A
A Transport Assessment or Travel Plan  Yes   N/A
Contaminated Land Assessment. *  Yes   N/A
Habitat Survey. *  Yes   N/A
A Processing Agreement. *  Yes   N/A
Other Statements (please specify). (Max 500 characters)
Declare – For Application to Planning Authority
I, the applicant/agent certify that this is an application to the planning authority as described in this form. The accompanying
Plans/drawings and additional information are provided as a part of this application.
Declaration Name: Mr Paul Houghton MRTPI
Declaration Date: 01/06/2022
Payment Details
Pay Direct     
Created: 01/06/2022 12:27
Tree Survey
772

Page 89

Houghton Planning Ltd, Alloa Business Centre, Whins Road, Alloa, Clackmannanshire, FK10 3SA 
Dear Sirs, 
Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, Dollar, FK14 7ND – West Plot 
Houghton Planning Ltd has been instructed by Kaas Ventures Ltd to submit an Application for
Planning Permission in Principle for a ‘Single dwelling and garage’ at the above site. 
This is one of two Applications being submitted in relation to the wider Tethyknowe site,
which are being described as Tethyknowe West Plot and Tethyknowe East Plot. This Covering
Letter deals with the West Plot, and a separate Covering Letter has been prepared for the
East Plot. 
Tethyknowe itself is excluded from both Applications, and will likely be refurbished and sold
in due course, with a smaller garden area assuming one or both of the current Applications
are successful.   
The whole of the Tethyknowe site has been the subject of a pre-application enquiry ref:
21/00385/PREAPP. The response received includes information on the policy and guidance
basis for decision-making on houses in the countryside, and offers advice on what the
relevant planning issues will be. 
This Application for the West Plot is accompanied by the following. 
• (this) Covering Letter.
• Location Plan.
• Site Plan.
• Geo-environmental Design Report.
• Tree Survey.
• Preliminary Ecological Appraisal.
31st May 2022   
Planning and Development, 
Pullar House, 
Kinnoull Street, 
Perth  
PH1 5GD 
Our Ref.: PH      
773

Page 90

The Site 
Tethyknowe is situated just over 3 kilometres south east of Blairingone. It comprises a large
detached and dilapidated villa, which is set within mature gardens, with trees within and
fringing the site. 
The house forms part of a Building Group, with six other newer substantial detached
properties, which all take access via a private tree-lined road that connects to the B913, and
which itself connects with the wider road network to the west and east. The private road is
owned by all the properties forming the Building Group. 
The newer properties were consented in 2005 and 2006, and replaced various farm buildings
on what was Tethyknowe Farm 
There are no core paths in this locale, with walkers or cyclists using the B913. 
Tethyknowe is not the subject of any national, regional, or local, designations, and is not
within an area that is identified as at risk of flooding. That said, because of the mature gardens
and trees both a Tree Survey and Preliminary Ecological Assessment have been prepared, and
are being submitted with this Application. These cover the entirety of the site, i.e. both the
West Plot and East Plot and, indeed, Tethyknowe house itself. 
The West Plot lies to the south west of Tethyknowe. It can be distinguished from the East Plot
in that is has been the subject of previous industrial use, which has only recently ended. This
has significantly degraded this site, and so it can be considered to be brownfield. This area
has the remnants of heavy engineering tools, oil drums and equipment, and various buildings,
which were used for metal fabrication. A full intrusive investigation has not taken place, but
commentary of this land is included in the Geo-environmental Design Report, and there is
likely to be contamination that needs to be dealt with in developing the land for a new
dwelling. 
The Proposal 
The proposal is to build a single detached dwelling on the plot, probably with a separate
garage. This would be served by connecting to the existing Tethyknowe driveway, and then
via that to the existing shared private road. 
The Site Plan shows an indicative position, and orientation, for the dwelling that avoids the
trees on site, but all details, other than access, are being left for later approval. 
The proposed dwelling will be designed to take full advantage of the southern aspect, with
the Applicant’s aspiration being for a contemporary design, grounded by vernacular materials
and detailing, but tending toward Passive House type standard in its environmental
credentials. 
Foul drainage for the dwelling will be to a bio-disc treatment plant and below ground soak-
away. 
Storm water outfall from the development will be taken to neighbouring water course to the
south via an existing piped discharge.
774

Page 91

Planning Policy and Guidance 
The Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (LDP) includes the following relevant policies: 
• Policy 1A: Placemaking
• Policy 1B: Placemaking
• Policy 5: Infrastructure Contributions
• Policy 6: Settlement Boundaries
• Policy 19: Housing in the Countryside
• Policy 39: Landscape
• Policy 40A: Forestry, Woodland and Trees: Forest and Woodland Strategy
• Policy 40B: Forestry, Woodland and Trees: Trees, Woodland and Development
• Policy 41: Biodiversity
• Policy 53B: Water Environment and Drainage: Foul Drainage
• Policy 53C: Water Environment and Drainage: Surface Water Drainage
• Policy 53E: Water Environment and Drainage: Water Supply
• Policy 60B: Transport Standards and Accessibility Requirements: New Development
Proposals 
The most relevant supplementary planning guidance is. 
• Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance 
The Housing in the Countryside Guidance allows for new dwellings to be built in the
countryside if they can be demonstrated to fall within one of the following categories. 
• Building Groups.
• Infill sites.
• New houses in the open countryside on defined categories of sites as set out in section
3 of the Supplementary Guidance.
• Renovation or replacement of houses.
• Conversion or replacement of redundant non-domestic buildings.
• Development on rural brownfield land 
The two categories that are relevant here are ‘Development on rural brownfield land’ and to
a lesser extent ‘Building Groups’. 
Technically, because the site has buildings on it, the appropriate section of the guidance is
‘Category 5 - Conversion or replacement of redundant traditional non-domestic buildings’.
This states that in proposing the redevelopment of such sites, it needs to be shown that the
remaining buildings are incapable of being reused, and are surplus to requirements. Both of
these are straightforward to show in this case because the buildings are barely standing, and
are well beyond reuse, whilst the business that was occupying the site has already decamped
elsewhere. When in situ it constituted a ‘bad neighbour use’, and its relocation is both
beneficial in terms of the residential amenity of existing dwellings in this area, but will also
allow for the proper remediation of the site. 
‘Category 1 - Building Groups’ defines a Building Group as having “3 or more existing buildings
of a size at least equivalent to a traditional cottage and which, when viewed within their
775

Page 92

landscape setting, appear as a group”. This is considered to exist at Tethyknowe, and this was
accepted by the case officer in responding to the pre-application enquiry. 
In such cases, the guidance states that. 
“Permission will be granted for houses within building groups providing it can be
demonstrated that:
• New housing will respect the character, scale and form of the existing group, and will
be integrated into the existing layout and building pattern.
• New housing will not detract from the visual amenity of the group when viewed from
the wider landscape.
• A high standard of residential amenity will be provided for both existing and new
housing.” 
Planning Appraisal 
Principle 
The main argument in favour of a new dwelling on the West Plot is that this site is severely
degraded, due to its previous industrial use, and its redevelopment will allow for the
contamination that is almost certainly present to be dealt with. As such, it is acceptable under 
‘Category 5 - Conversion or replacement of redundant traditional non-domestic buildings’. 
Furthermore, although it need not be shown that it also complies with another Category, it
can also argued that ‘Category 1 - Building Groups’ is relevant. This is because the West Plot
clearly sits within the landscape setting of the Building Group that is defined on this edge by
the mature planting and trees on the edge of the Tethyknowe garden. 
Viewed on an Ordnance Survey base (first image below), you can identify the Group in two
ways. Firstly, you can define it as including all dwellings, gardens and roads, including the
private road and the trees that fringe that road (blue line below), or, secondly, you can
exclude the private road, and instead define it as just including those areas that are dwellings
and their related domestic gardens (red line below). Whichever one you use, the West Plot
clearly falls within the Group. This is even more obvious if you look at an aerial image (second
image below) where the Group is easy to pick out, with the mature trees defining it to the
west and south, and gardens boundaries to the north and east, and with the West Plot falling
full square within the Group. 
776

Page 93

Dealing with the remaining requirements for a plot to be accepted within a Group, then the
existing trees will also mean that the new dwelling will barely be seen in the wider landscape.
The only views of the Group are from the B913, which will be transitory, and, due the distance
involved, the existing houses are barely seen (see image below). In this photograph, 5
Tethyknowe is just visible on the eastern extremity of the view, and a small part of the roof
of 4 Tethyknowe is also just visible next to this. Tethyknowe itself can just be seen through
the trees if you look really hard. 
777

Page 94

Also, because of where the plot sits, in relation to the Group, the new dwelling will in no way
detract from the setting of any the existing dwellings, or the one proposed on the East Plot,
or Tethyknowe itself. 
Furthermore, the plot is generous enough, and the positioning is such, that there will be no
residential amenity impacts. 
With a strong argument in favour of a dwelling being acceptable on the plot that just leaves
the details to be considered. 
Design and Layout 
The design and layout is being left for later approval, as explained above. However, the
positioning and orientation of the proposed dwelling, as far as that is shown on the indicative
Site Plan does fit with the wider Group. 
Residential Amenity 
There will be overlooking, loss of privacy, or loss of sunlight/daylight, issues for existing, or,
indeed, proposed dwellings. 
Trees and Woodland 
A Tree Survey has been prepared, and this shows how development can take place without
leading to the loss of any of the remaining mature trees. Site infrastructure also takes
cognisance of the existing woodland resource.
778

Page 95

Biodiversity 
A preliminary Ecological Assessment has been prepared and concludes that development can
take place on the site. 
Based upon the above, it is considered that the proposal accords with Housing in the
Countryside Guidance and, as such, complies with Policy 19: Housing in the Countryside in
the LDP. Furthermore, all technical matters can/have been addressed and, therefore, all other
policies in the LDP can/have been complied with as well. For that reason, it is hoped that
Planning Permission in Principle will be forthcoming in due course. 
In the meantime, if you require any further information to allow this Application to be
validated please get in touch. 
Yours faithfully 
Paul Houghton MRTPI
Director on behalf of Houghton Planning Ltd 
779

Page 96

780

Page 97

781

Page 98

782

Page 99

Moving Still Architecture Ltd
Tethyknowe
Preliminary Ecological Appraisal
Figure 1 - Survey Area and Target Notes
Version: 1.0
Date: 30/03/2022
Scale: 1:2,500
Target note
Survey Area
LEGEND
Copyright Information:
OpenStreetMap contributors
783

Page 100

Geo-environmental design report 
Site: Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, near Dollar 
Project: New multi dwelling development 
Document number: 0096/REP/003 revision P1
Revision history: 
Rev P0  First issue  dated: 25th November 2021 
Rev P1  Second issue  dated 9th December 2021   
Corebrook Engineering Limited
Consulting Civil, Structural and Environmental Engineers
www.corebrook.co.uk           mail@corebrook.co.uk 784

Page 101

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 2
Contents
Executive summary .............................................................................................................................. 4
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 5
Geotechnical category of the proposed structure .............................................................................. 5
Site history .......................................................................................................................................... 5
Topography ......................................................................................................................................... 5
Site location plan ................................................................................................................................ 6
Investigation and appraisal strategy .................................................................................................... 7
Risk assessment framework ................................................................................................................ 7
Planned Developments ....................................................................................................................... 8
Current Land Use ................................................................................................................................ 8
Historical Land Use .............................................................................................................................. 8
Environmental Setting ........................................................................................................................ 9
Environmental Legislation .................................................................................................................. 9
Environmental risk assessment .......................................................................................................... 9
Environmental risk assessment methodology .................................................................................. 10
Stage 1 - preliminary conceptual site model ...................................................................................... 10
General .............................................................................................................................................. 10
Geology and mining .......................................................................................................................... 10
Surface water infiltration .................................................................................................................. 10
Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................................... 10
Potentially contaminative sources .................................................................................................... 11
Asbestos roofing ........................................................................................................................... 11
Diesel storage tanks ...................................................................................................................... 11
Heating oil storage tank ................................................................................................................ 11
Mechanical plant and machinery .................................................................................................. 11
Oil separator ................................................................................................................................. 11
Proposed development ..................................................................................................................... 11
Potential sources/receptors/pathway relationships ........................................................................ 12
Limitations of preliminary conceptual site model ............................................................................ 12
Stage 2 - Environmental risk assessment ........................................................................................... 12
Risk assessment methodology .......................................................................................................... 12
Quantitative risk assessment ............................................................................................................ 13
Human health ............................................................................................................................... 13
Results from soil analysis .................................................................................................................. 13
Asbestos ............................................................................................................................................ 13
785

Page 102

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 3
Ground gas ......................................................................................................................................... 13
Stage 2 environmental risk assessment ............................................................................................. 13
Geotechnical Design Report ............................................................................................................... 14
Proposed structure including actions ............................................................................................... 14
Summary of findings ......................................................................................................................... 14
Soil percolation testing ..................................................................................................................... 14
Foundation recommendations ......................................................................................................... 14
Contamination risk assessment recommendations .......................................................................... 15
Appendices ......................................................................................................................................... 16
Appendix 1 – Investigation location plan ........................................................................................... 16
Appendix 2 – UK Radon Map report .................................................................................................. 17
Appendix 3 – Stage 2 Environmental risk assessment ....................................................................... 18
Appendix 4 – Terratek chemical analysis and laboratory test report ................................................ 19 
786

Page 103

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 4
Executive summary
Corebrook Engineering Limited have been appointed by Amal Construction Limited to review
the proposal to make alterations and extension to an existing house, with two new domestic
dwellings in the grounds. Although one of the new dwellings is proposed to sit within the
gardens of Tethyknowe House, the second is proposed to be located within the footprint of a
manufacturing/industrial unit which is considered as development within a brownfield site.
This is likely to present an advanced enabling works that addresses any contamination
concerns raised. This Geo Environmental report therefore takes this into account through a
stage 2 contaminated land risk assessment along with findings from a geotechnical and soil
percolation tests.  
787

Page 104

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 5
Introduction
The following geo-environmental design report has been prepared to support the civil and
structural design of two new dwellings within the confines of Tethyknowe House near
Blairingone. This report also includes a phase 2 contaminated land risk assessment, along with
supporting intrusive soil investigation and chemical testing undertaken in conjunction with
the geotechnical investigations.
This report and the geotechnical investigations have been prepared in reference to BS
5930:2015 +A1:2020 Code of practice for ground investigations, and BRE Report 365 –
Soakaway Design. The conceptual model used for the contamination risk assessment has been
prepared in reference to the R&D Publication CLR10 published by the Department for the
Environment and Rural Affairs (DEFRA).
This design report has been prepared to support the initial outline design phase of the
development and is subject to ongoing development and revision as architectural details and
structural recommendations are developed, both influencing the choice and parameters of
the foundation design and strategy of a ground contamination mitigation and control. 
Geotechnical category of the proposed structure
The ground investigation should be appropriate to the proposed structure and yield sufficient
information for which the geotechnical design should be based upon. It is anticipated that the
development will consist of two detached, storey and a half dwellings. The foundations are
likely to consist of conventional foundation arrangements with no exceptional risk or difficult
soil of loading conditions, supported with routine procedures for field and laboratory testing,
designed through quantitative geotechnical data and structural analysis to develop
appropriate load cases and foundation assessments. The geotechnical category has therefore
been determined as a category 1, small simple structures with negligible risk.
Site history
The presence of Tethyknowe House has been recorded on historic maps since 1866, and there
is no known significant change to the main dwelling since, other than a rear extension. A site
reconnaissance recorded the presence of a heavy engineering tools and equipment and was
later to be understood that the outbuildings and industrial compound that includes metal
fabrication and alike. The ground to the southern elevation of the main house have been used
as featured gardens and also includes a tennis court.
Topography
The site lies at between 125m and 130m AOD, with the ground level falling to the south down
towards Roughcleugh Burn which lies around 120mAOD at the closest point. 
788

Page 105

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 6 
Site location plan 
789

Page 106

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 7
Investigation and appraisal strategy
The proposed intrusive investigation includes a series of trial holes, soakway tests and soil
chemical sampling which can be passed to an MCERT and UKAS accredited laboratory for
testing. Natural stratigraphy is anticipated at shallow depth therefore a 1.8 tonne mini
excavator with a reach of around 2.2m should be sufficient to excavate down through any
made ground, superficial deposits down to natural consistent soils.
The methods of assessment used to create the report sections pertaining to the contaminated
land environmental assessment are developed in accordance with the Department of the
Environment, Transport and the Regions Circular 01/2006, Statutory Guidance on
Contaminated Land dated September 2006, and the DEFRA/ Environment Agency, Model
Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination, CLR11, September 2004 and the
Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions, Environment Agency and
Institute of Environmental Health's Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment and
Management. Further reference is also made to CIRIA C552 - Contaminated Land Risk
Assessment, A Guide to Good Practice, with the investigations being scheduled with reference
to the British Standard Investigation of potentially contaminated sites
BS10175:2011+A1:2013.
These best practise methods, which are accepted by regulators, require the development of
a site specific assessment using "source-pathway-receptor pollution linkages". For risk to exist
each stage of the pollution linkage must be present. If there is no pollution linkage, then there
is no risk. If a pollution linkage is established, the assessment will then consider the level of
risk and whether any further works or actions are required to clarify, manage or mitigate the
risk.   
While land contamination is a material consideration in ensuring a site is suitable for its
planned use, references to the phrase "contaminated land" in this report, relate to the
statutory definition of Contaminated Land under the Environmental Protection Act 1990: Part
IIa Contaminated Land, unless otherwise stated. 
That definition is: 
“any land which appears to the Local Authority in whose area it is situated to be in such
condition, by reason of substances on, in or under the land that: 
(a) Significant harm is being caused or there is a significant possibility or such harm being
caused; or
(b) Significant pollution of the water environment is being caused or there is a significant
possibility of such pollution being caused”.
Risk assessment framework 
To determine if a site presents environmental risks and whether or not the risks are acceptable
the risks are evaluated initially by development of a carefully structured process in accord with
relevant guidance. This starts by reviewing historic land-use to establish if this may have
caused contamination to be present, constituting a source of hazard. The environmental
setting must then be reviewed to establish if anything in the nature or context of the site and
its location may create pathways which allow hazards to come into contact with
environmentally sensitive uses. Lastly the process must consider the current and/or proposed
use of a site to establish if receptors such as site users, the water environment, property etc.
790

Page 107

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 8
may be at risk from contamination hazards. Completing this process as Stage 1 allows
recommendations to be made regarding potential environmental liabilities associated with
purchase or proposed development of land and what type of further information is required
to qualify and quantify these hazards and risks and determine if remedial measures are
necessary to reduce them. 
Planned Developments
To gain regulatory approval developments on brownfield or previously used land, typically a
contamination risk assessment along with proposed remedial action statement is required to
ensure land is suitable for use and not classified as contaminated land. This involves
submission to the Planning authority of up to 4 stages of risk assessment and management
reporting. The accepted procedure for undertaking an environmental risk assessment uses
the source-pathway-receptor methodology to develop a Conceptual Site Model (CSM) of risk
linkages. 
"Risks identified at Stage 1 are indicative and speculative based upon a desk study of historic
activity and the environmental setting in context of the development proposals. The CSM
developed at stage 1 establishes how possible contamination hazards may cause harm or
pollution and an assessment of potential risk informs recommendations for the stage 2 ground
investigation, to qualify and quantify hazards and pathways, and evaluate actual risk using site
data. Recommendation is made at stage 2, as necessary for remedial measures with a stage 3
remediation plan being submitted for agreement by the Planning Authority. The agreed
remedial measures are then validated at stage 4 with a Remediation Validation report of the
as built construction, providing various details, specifications, photographs and drawings of
remediation. This is submitted for agreement by the Planning Authority at Stage 4,
demonstrating the site has been made suitable for use and is not considered as contaminated
whilst also obtaining final discharge of the contaminated land planning condition. 
Current Land Use 
The former land uses are the principal sources of hazard which may cause concern over
contamination or environmental pollution occurring on or due to a site.  A walkover inspection
of the site is undertaken to view the site and adjacent land in its current condition. Evidence
of historic activities, derelict structures or utilities as well as the general condition of the land
are noted and factored into the risk evaluation process.  
Historical Land Use 
Information about the environmental setting and history of development at a site is obtained
by review of historic Ordnance Survey maps. Some of the oldest nationwide mapping from
the 19th century is available to view online free at websites such as
http://maps.nls.uk/index.html. These provide an excellent record of the historical uses of a
site, are often the best source of information and are the minimum requirement for
completing a Stage 1 assessment.
On some more intensively developed areas additional databases are beneficial in compiling a
history of past contaminative uses. These include licensed activities regarding storage of fuels,
waste management, permitted industrial processes and registers of incidents. Historic aerial
photography and postal registers can also be useful. Providers include reporting from
Landmark Envirocheck.
791

Page 108

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 9
Environmental Setting 
The environmental setting of a site is reviewed to establish if anything in the context of a sites
location may create pathways for hazards to cause risk. This includes a review of published
information on the geology, hydrogeology and hydrology of the land. Consideration is also
made of environmental sensitivity in the area, such as designated land-use as nature reserve
or protected water environment. 
The sensitivity is assessed using British Geological Survey (BGS) information and data on
groundwater and surface water protected areas from SEPA and the local authorities. Some
data on water abstractions can be purchased from environmental database companies. The
vulnerability of surface water and groundwater is based on sensitivity to pollution, distance
from abstractions, type and nature of groundwater and type of overlying strata. 
Having established a sites environmental setting, the level of contamination, if any on site,
can be evaluated in context. Soil contamination and even water pollution if present in a “non-
sensitive” setting may not be a material consideration for evaluating land in its current
condition or for the purpose of proposed re-development. 
Environmental Legislation 
The need to evaluate land quality is prescribed in Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act
1990 (EPA 1990) and the Water Resources Act 1991. These Acts address environmental
protection measures for land, water and air in the UK. The Local Authority are primary
regulator of air and land quality and SEPA for water quality. While some information is
available from environmental database companies, other more site specific data may be
requested from local authorities’ under the Environmental Information (Scotland) Regulations
2004. This information usually identifies if the authority already has concerns about
contamination at a site.
Environmental risk assessment 
The first stage of qualitative risk assessment is to develop a conceptual site model for the site
specific scenario. The first consideration is to establish if a source of contamination or
pollution hazard has been present or still exists on the land and define the associated potential
contaminants of concern. As well as the type of source, the extent, concentration and
availability of a contaminant is also assessed. 
The level of risk associated with a hazard is largely governed by the sensitivity of a receptor.
Receptors may typically include people, buildings, animals, plants and local resources (such as
groundwater, surface waters, nature reserves). For example, if a commercial site is to be
redeveloped into a residential housing estate, a residential use is considered more sensitive
than a commercial use. Contamination hazards are more likely to present risks if present in a
private garden than if buried under a concrete slab. The presence of contamination (as a
potential hazard) does not necessarily mean that there is a risk. It is the exposure pathway
and the quantity of contamination that reaches the receptor which may determine the effect
on a receptor. For example if a concrete slab covers the contamination it may be considered
a barrier preventing contaminant contact with site users and preventing infiltration of
rainwater from washing contamination off-site into the water environment. 
The risk classification for both likelihood and consequence is based on methodology
presented in Contaminated Land Risk Assessment, A Guide to Good Practice (CIRIA C552,
2001) and has been developed from procedures outlined in DETR Circular 02/2000.  The DETR,
792

Page 109

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 10
with the Environment Agency (EA), SEPA and Institute of Environment & Health, has also
published guidance on risk assessment (Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment and
Management). The guidance states that the designation of risk is based upon consideration
of both: 
The magnitude of the consequence (severity) of risk occurring, which takes account of both
the potential severity of the hazard and the sensitivity of the receptor; and the likelihood of
an event occurring (probability) which takes of both the presence of the hazard and receptor
and the integrity of the pathway. 
Environmental risk assessment methodology 
The magnitude of consequence (severity) and likelihood (probability) are defined in the CIRIA
guidance, together with examples. Scores are allocated in this report to receptor sensitivity
and hazard severity to enable a matrix evaluation of the relative magnitude of consequence if
a pollution linkage were to exist. 
Stage 1 - preliminary conceptual site model
General
The establishment of a site model will inform the potential presence and impact of
contamination at the site, considering the environmental context and the geology,
topography, hydromorphology and past and present land use.
The key parameters of the model are the conjectured conditions at the site and the potential
sources of contamination, routes or migration pathways and the possible receptors. The initial
sources were determined from the reconnaissance visit, and supported with the detailed
survey and intrusive investigation.
Geology and mining
It is noted that an opencast coal mine is located at Meadowhill, Forestmill which lies around
3.0 miles to the west of the site. There is no known mining beneath or within close vicinity of
the site, nor would the nearby opencast influence the development.
In review of the geological mapping provided by the British Geological Survey (www.bgs.ac.uk)
the stratigraphy underlying the site footprint comprises Devensian Till above a sedimentary
rock seam, with a bounding limestone seam.
Surface water infiltration
It was anecdotally concluded that the impervious nature of the underlying firm clays
presented an effectively impervious formation with pluvial surface water run-off is shed
across the adjacent agricultural land and discharges into the Roughcleugh Burn. Subsequent
soil percolation testing, as detailed in later chapters of this report concurred with this
assumption.
Hydrogeology
The interpretation of the hydrogeology considers the topsoil, superficial deposits and
underlying bedrock. The typical permeability rate of each is considered to be medium, very
low and low respectively. The underlying limestone bedrock could potentially support a
groundwater body, although due to the recorded presence of a near impermeable soil strata
which could act as an aquiclude which would restrict ant interaction of shallow and deeper
793

Page 110

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 11
groundwater bodies, it is considered that any intermixing between perched shallow
groundwater and the deeper aquifer would be limited.
Potentially contaminative sources
The site has historically been allocated for mature gardens with features such as a tennis
court, sunken ornate circular terraced planter and stone rockeries and walls, with the
potential contamination sources being more likely limited to the more recent industrial
activity.
Sources are summarised as;
1. Asbestos from workshop roof panels
2. Diesel storage tanks (x2)
3. Heating oil storage tank
4. Operation and maintenance of mechanical plant and machinery
5. Oil separator and discharge from the garage inspection pit
Asbestos roofing
The survey noted that the timber framed workshop includes a concrete fibre / asbestos
sheeting which are currently intact and contained to the roofing. No sheet remnants,
fragments or damage was noted to suggest that asbestos contamination has spread beyond
the roof footprint.
Diesel storage tanks
Two diesel oil tanks were noted, one with 1000 litre capacity and the other with 1800 litre
capacity. Both tanks are perched on stilts above the ground level and benefit from the
inclusion of brick containment bunds. Although complete, the capacity for liquid retention
could not be ascertained.
Heating oil storage tank
To the east of the existing main house, lies a plastic 1800 litre kerosene oil storage tank which
is understood to feed the heating boiler of the main house. The tank is supported from two
masonry piers and unlike the other tanks does not have any spill containment.
Mechanical plant and machinery
The survey noted the presence of a diesel fork lift truck in addition to plant which contain, use
or dispense heavy oils.
Oil separator
It is understood that the outflows from the bunds, surface water drainage and workshop
service trench outlet discharges into a soil separator located to the south of the workshop
building. It is unknown of the maintenance history or construction of the separator and
therefore poses a risk to chemical and hydrocarbon discharge to the surrounding soils.
Proposed development
In addition to the renovation of the original Tethyknowe House, two further dwellings are
proposed within the site boundaries. The footprints are likely to overlap with the existing
workshops and garden area to the south east of the original house. Access roads are also to
be formed that links all three dwellings to the existing gateway.
794

Page 111

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 12
Potential sources/receptors/pathway relationships
The presence of the oil storage tanks, of which the two tanks within the workshop confines
are of steel plate construction, are aged and likely to be beyond their serviceable life. The
tanks do however include brick bunds built up from a concrete slab but due their age and
condition are unlikely to contain the oils should fracture occur. 
The Kerosene tank which lies to the east of Tethyknowe House is a Klargester HDPE plastic
tank, sitting on brick piers, but does not have any secondary bunding containment. It was
however found to be in good condition. 
The heavy plant (forklift) was also identified as a potential source along with routine
maintenance and operational activity. With this and the oil storage, the pathways are alike in
that discharge could seep into the lower fall towards the south west corner of the site, across
the top soil, but unlikely to percolate through the underlying clay formation, but adopting a
more ground water flow which is diluted with storm water rainfall, ultimately discharging
across the agricultural fields to the south and onward to the Roughcleugh Burn, replicating
the current storm water flow pathways. Potential contamination capture could be
experienced with the top soil and organic material.
The oil separator which is located to the south of the existing garage and inspection pit, is
understood to be of brick construction with a precast concrete cover slab. Access was limited
at the time of the survey but it is assumed that the separator has an increased risk of being a
source, and any fractures within the brickwork would could prompt migration into the sub
soils, albeit the underlying clays would provide an impermeable barrier. It was most likely
identified as discharging into the local well pit and feed into the drainage channel which mixes
with storm water run off into the adjacent agricultural field and onto Roughcleugh Burn. Due
to ageing and speculative limited servicing of the oil separator, the risk rating of the oil
separator has been assessed as high risk with the high potential as a source.    
Limitations of preliminary conceptual site model
The above stage 1 model is based upon visual reconnaissance, along with a desktop
assessment informed by data retrievable from online publishing, along with hearsay from the
previous owner.   
Stage 2 - Environmental risk assessment
Risk assessment methodology
In accordance with the guidance given in Defra and Environmental Agency document "CLR11
Model Procedures for the management of Land Contamination", there are three tiers of
environmental risk assessment;
• Tier 1 - Identification of possible pollutant linkages and creation of PCSM
• Tier 2 - Non site specific assessment of chemical data using generic assessment criteria
(GACs)
• Tier 3 - Site specific assessment of chemical data using site specific assessment criteria
(SSACs)
This report comprises a Tier 3 assessment and includes an updated conceptual site model
(CSM). The results of the environmental laboratory testing have been compared to the CLEA
- Soil Guideline Values (SGCs) for assessment on chemical analysis and risk rating.
795

Page 112

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 13
The proposed development comprises two dwellings with gardens, therefore the standard
exposure scenario of residential with plant uptake has been used to determine the
source/pathway/receptor linkages for human health. Water, flora and fauna and property
receptors have also been included in the CSM.
Quantitative risk assessment
Human health
The soil samples subjected to chemical analysis provided within the TerraTek laboratory
report included within Appendix 4, which provide the basis for characterising the soils to
outline the potential impact on human health. 
Results from soil analysis
The screening process which reviews the presence of Phenols, PAH’s, Benzenes, Phthalates
and other SVOC’s all return values which are less that the limit of detection therefore the
samples can be considered as minimal risk for residential development for both residential
development with and without plant uptake.
Asbestos
During the trial pitting, asbestos was only noted on the complete roofing sheets used on the
side garage. There was no evidence of disposal of asbestos sheets within the property, and
since the retrieved soil samples consisted of natural soils (no made ground), asbestos
screening was not considered necessary.
TPHs
Levels of TPHs were not identified to be above the limit of detection within any of the trial
holes undertaken across the site, which supports the assessment that there has not been any
migration of TPH’s across the site from the historic industrial activities. It is however
anticipated that the oil storage tanks and supporting and containing structures will present a
high risk and shall be decommissioned and removed appropriately, not leaving any spillage,
residue or associated items on site.
Ground gas
Cursory review of the UK Radon maps (www.ukradon.org) noted that the risk of radon varies
between 0% and 10% therefore a detailed report was requested. This report can be found
within Appendix 2. The report confirms that Radon Gas protection measures are not required.
It is also noted that the foundations and underlying ground conditions include a band of firm
clay that will contribute to acting as a gas migration barrier. 
Stage 2 environmental risk assessment
A stage 2 risk assessment has been prepared which assigns a risk rating against the identified
source, pathway and receptor. This is included within Appendix 3. 
796

Page 113

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 14
Geotechnical Design Report
The following calculations and assessments have been prepared in accordance with BS EN
1997-1:2004 +A1:2013 – Geotechnical design – general rules and appropriate and referenced
national annexes and technical guidance. 
Proposed structure including actions
The structure shall be designed in accordance with BS EN 1991-1-1:2002 Actions on structures
General actions – densities, self-weight, imposed loads for buildings and associated national
annexes and supplier data sheets as necessary. The design actions shall include wind actions,
snow loading, permanent and variable actions to suit the site-specific terrain, location and
proposed use. It is anticipated that the structural design will lead to the adoption of strip
footings down onto the natural firm clay formations. The design of such shall be undertaken
during the detailed design and building warrant approval phase. The building designer shall
develop a full suite of structural actions and details to ensure continuity of design. During the
Building Warrant approval and SER Certification. The arrangement is subject to detailed design
and validation following receipt of the Architectural drawings and specification prepared to
support the design development.
Summary of findings
In reference to trial hole records TP01, TP02, TP03 and TP04, the following geotechnical
summary has been developed. Below the superficial topsoil, the underlying light brown very
firm clay was found in all trial holes and was found to be very difficult to dig and beyond the
capacity of the excavator and recorded as the natural deposits. The below summarises the
findings.  
Strata Depth Parameter Nominal values
Topsoil 0 to 0.3m  
Stiff to very stiff
slightly gravelly
clay
0.3 to below
0.9m
Shear strength 50 to 100 kN/m2
Bearing capacity 150 to 600 kPa 
During the detailed design, the Geotechnical Engineer shall determine further characteristic
design values for soils and to suit the proposed foundation arrangement.
Soil percolation testing
Four soil percolation tests were undertaken in each of the trial holes the firm to stiff clay to
determine soil percolation rates that can inform the infiltration design of any captured storm
water. During the trial holes, no ground water table was encountered. The water level
dropped no more than 30mm across the four holes, over a 120 minute duration therefore soil
infiltration rates could not be determined, concluding that the underlying clay is not suitable
for soakway or infiltration arrangements.
It is noted that the storm water run-off is shed towards the southern boundary and across the
agricultural land towards Roughcleugh Burn.
Foundation recommendations
To control differential settlement and to ensure a consistent foundation design it is
recommended that the geotechnical parameters at foundation formation level is consistent
and uniform. With the absence of more detailed structural actions from the development, it
797

Page 114

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 15
is anticipated that strip foundations will be cast at a nominal 0.6m depth therefore not
susceptible to frost heave and has a consistent bearing capacity in excess of 150kPa with
respective settlements less than 25mm.
Contamination risk assessment recommendations
The assessment and chemical analysis have informed the conclusion that the primary sources
of contamination are the three oil storage tanks, the underground oil separator and presence
of the asbestos roof. Due to the age and condition, these three sources are considered to be
high risk for significant contamination to the soils and of being a pathway which can be
hazardous to human health. The migration of contamination from the underground oil
separator is however likely to be contained by the impervious nature of the firm clays, albeit
the outlet can present a pathway for wider downstream contamination.
The chemical analysis of the soil samples taken on site support the assessment that the
contamination has not spread through the sub soils and is therefore contained to each
location. Adjacent soils are however to be removed along with the tanks and considered as
hazardous waste. All other earthworks are to be considered as inert.
It is therefore recommended, that all tanks are emptied by a competent contractor and that
all associated infrastructure and adjacent soils are removed off site, in advance of any further
development.  
798

Page 115

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 16
Appendices
Appendix 1 – Investigation location plan
Drawing 0096.DWG.100 rev P0 – Exploratory hole location plan  
799

Page 116

800

Page 117

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 17
Appendix 2 – UK Radon Map report  
801

Page 118

Report of address search
for radon risk
Issued by UK Health Security Agency and British Geological Survey. This is Based upon Crown Copyright and is
reproduced, where applicable, with the permission of Land & Property Services under delegated authority from
the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office, © Crown copyright and database right 2014MOU512.
Address searched: Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, Dollar, FK14 7ND
Date of report: 25 November 2021
Guidance for existing properties
Is this property in a radon Affected Area? - No
A radon Affected Area is defined as where the radon level in at least one property in every hundred is estimated
to exceed the Action Level.
The estimated probability of the property being above the Action Level for radon is: 0-1%
The result may not be valid for buildings larger than 25 metres.
If this site if for redevelopment, you should undertake a GeoReport provided by the British Geological Survey.
This report informs you of the estimated probability that this particular property is above the Action Level for
radon.  This does not necessarily mean there is a radon problem in the property; the only way to find out whether
it is above or below the Action Level is to carry out a radon measurement in an existing property.
Radon Affected Areas are designated by the UK Health Security Agency. UKHSA advises that radon gas should
be measured in all properties within Radon Affected Areas.
If you are buying a currently occupied property in a Radon Affected Area, you should ask the present owner
whether radon levels have been measured in the property. If they have, ask whether the results were above the
Radon Action Level and if so, whether remedial measures were installed, radon levels were re-tested, and the
results of re-testing confirmed the effectiveness of the measures.
Further information is available from UKHSA or https://www.ukradon.org
Guidance for new buildings and extensions to existing properties
What is the requirement under Building Regulations for radon protection in new
buildings and extensions at the property location? - None
If you are buying a new property in a Radon Affected Area, you should ask the builder whether radon protective
measures were incorporated in the construction of the property.
See the Radon and Building Regulations for more details.
802

Page 119

UKHSA guidance for occupiers and prospective purchases
Existing radon test results: There is no public record of individual radon measurements. Results of
previous tests can only be obtained from the seller. Radon levels can be significantly affected by
changes to the building or its use, particularly by alterations to the heating and ventilation which can
also be affected by changes in occupier. If in doubt, test again for reassurance.
Radon Bond: This is simply a retained fund, the terms of which are negotiated between the purchaser
and the vendor. It allows the conveyance of the property to proceed without undue delay. The
purchaser is protected against the possible cost of radon reduction work and the seller does not lose
sale proceeds if the result is low. Make sure the agreement allows enough time to complete the test,
get the result and arrange the work if needed.
High Results: Exposure to high levels of radon increases the risk of developing lung cancer. If a test in
a home gives a result at or above the Action Level of 200 Becquerels per cubic metre of air (Bq/m3),
formal advice will be given to lower the level. Radon reduction will also be recommended if the
occupants include smokers or ex-smokers when the radon level is at or above the Target Level of 100
Bq/m3; these groups have a higher risk. Information on health risks and radon reduction work is
available from UKHSA. Guidance about radon reduction work is also available from some Local
Authorities, the Building Research Establishment and specialist contractors.
UKHSA designated radon website: https://www.ukradon.org
Building Research Establishment: http://www.bre.co.uk/page.jsp?id=3137
© Crown Copyright 2021
803

Page 120

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 18
Appendix 3 – Stage 2 Environmental risk assessment  
804

Page 121

Stage 2 Preliminary environmental risk assessment
Receptors Sensitivity Hazards Hazard
severity
Pathways Consequence Likelihood Risk rating
Residents High Elevated hydrocarbons
within soil
Low Ingestion of soil Mild Unlikely Low / moderate
Residents High Elevated hydrocarbons
within soil
Low Dermal contact
with soil
Mild Unlikely Low /
moderate
Ground
workers
High Elevated hydrocarbons
within soil
Low Dermal contact
with soil
Mild Unlikely Low / moderate
Ground
workers
High Elevated hydrocarbons
within soil
Low Ingestion of soil Mild Unlikely Low / moderate
Contractors High Asbestos on roofs High Direct contact,
inhalation,
ingestion, dermal
contact
Substantial Likely Moderate / high
Contractors /
ground workers
High Elevated hydrocarbons
within soil
Medium Consumption of
contaminated
produce
Mild Unlikely Moderate
Residents High Elevated hydrocarbons
within soil
Medium Consumption of
contaminated
produce
Mild Likely Moderate
Groundwater Low Hydrocarbons within
ground water
Low Soils percolations
and migration
Mild Unlikely Low
Groundwater,
subsoils,
residents,
ground
workers,
livestock
High Existing oil separator High Migration through
surrounding soils
and direct
discharge to
adjacent well point
and drainage ditch
High Likely High
Residents,
groundworkers,
contractors,
subsoils,
livestock
High Fracture of oil storage
tanks and
discharge/spillage of
tank contents
(diesel/kerosene)
High Overland flow  High Likely High 
805

Page 122

Geo-environmental design report
0096 – New multi dwelling development, Tethyknowe 
Page 19
Appendix 4 – Terratek chemical analysis and laboratory test report 
806

Page 123

Report No: B27725
Issue No 01
01/11/2021
03/11/2021
03/11/2021
Please find enclosed the results as summarised below
1 2 Yes
2 2 Yes
3 2 Yes
4 - 5 4 See report
Remarks :
Issued by : Date of Issue : 18/11/2021
Approved Signatories :
Head Office : 62 Rochsolloch Road, Airdrie, ML6 9BG
Moor Lane, Witton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
Tel: +44 (0)121 344 4838
birmingham@terratek.co.uk
Terra Tek Ltd is registered in Scotland No. 121594
Offices in Airdrie, Birmingham, Belfast and Aston Clinton
www.terratek.co.uk
Only those results indicated in this report are UKAS accredited and any opinions or interpretations expressed are outside the
scope of UKAS accreditation.
Feedback on the this report may be left via our website www.terratek.co.uk/contact-us
The results reported relate to samples received in the laboratory only.
This report should not be reproduced except in full without the written approval of the laboratory.
Unless we are notified to the contrary, samples will be disposed after a period of one month from this date.
All results contained in this report are provisional unless signed by an approved signatory
Under multisite accreditation the testing contained in this report may have been performed at another Terra Tek laboratory.
The enclosed results remain the property of Terra Tek Limited and we reserve the right to withdraw
our report if we have not received cleared funds in accordance with our standard terms and conditions
Samples tested for asbestos are retained for 6 months from the date of analysis.
Stephen Langman Key to symbols used in this report
S/C : Testing was sub-contracted
S Langman (Laboratory Coordinator), D Bowen (Production Manager)
18/11/2021
Sulphate (acid soluble) - Soil
SVOCs - Soil
VOCs - Soil
WAC Suite - Soil
Upper Yelts
Near Dollar
Clackmannanshire
FK14 7JU
Jonathan Bacon
LABORATORY TEST REPORT
Test
Quantity
Figure /
Table Description ISO 17025
Accredited
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
Project Number
Your Ref
For the attention of
Project Name 
Date samples received
Date written instructions received
Date testing commenced
B27725
Purchase Order
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
807

Page 124

Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method
M
B27725Contract No
TP171
0.01
Sulphate (acid soluble as
SO4)
0.04
0.04
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
t
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
Sample
Ref
B 797968
B 797972
BRE SUITE
%
Version 011 - 26/07/2012
TP01 0.00-0.00
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:01
Figure 1
Sheet 1 of 118/11/2021
Originator Checked &
Approved
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
1140 - BRE
Suite Soil - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP04 0.00-0.00
Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
808

Page 125

2,4 - Dichlorophenol
4 - Chloro - 3 -
Methylphenol
Phenol
2 - Chlorophenol
2 - Methylphenol
4 - Methylphenol
2253 - SVOCs SOIL - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:08
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
Checked &
Approved
<100 <100
Figure 2
Sheet 1 of 418/11/2021
Originator
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<500 <80 <100<100
µg/kg µg/kg
<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<100<100
<100 <80
<100<100 <100
<100 <100 <100 <500
<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<100 <100 <100<100 <100 <100 <100
µg/kg
<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<100
80 100 100100 100
U M M M M M
100500 100
M
100
M M
TP145
100
MMAccreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation M
SEMI-VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (USEPA
625) - SOIL
KEY
TP145TP145 TP145 TP145
M
TP145
B 797970
B 797971
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
Sample
Ref
t
M
TP145
100
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
µg/kg
2,4,5 - Trichlorophenol
2,4 - Dinitrophenol
4 - Nitrophenol
Pentachlorophenol
Naphthalene
Acenaphthylene
<100
<100
<100 <100 <100
<100 <100 <100
<100 <100
<100
<100
100 100 100
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Fluoranthene
2,4,6 - Trichlorophenol
Phenols
2 - Nitrophenol
2,4 - Dimethylphenol
B27725Contract No
TP145TP145TP145
PAHs
Acenaphthene
Fluorene
TP145
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method
100 100 100 100100100
M
TP145TP145 TP145 TP145
M M M
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
TP145 TP145
U M
TP145 TP145TP145
809

Page 126

Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation MM UM
SEMI-VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (USEPA
625) - SOIL
KEY
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
TP145TP145
PAHs
TP145 TP145 TP145
100 100 100 100Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method
100
TP145 TP145TP145 TP145 TP145 TP145
B27725Contract No
TP145TP145TP145
1,3,5 - Trichlorobenzene
1,2,4 - Trichlorobenzene
MM M M M M M
100100100100 100 100 100
1,2,3 - Trichlorobenzene
Pentachlorobenzene
Azobenzene
<100<100 <100 <100 <100
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
µg/kg
2 - Methylnaphthalene
2 - Chloronaphthalene
1,3 - Dichlorobenzene
1,4 - Dichlorobenzene
1,2 - Dichlorobenzene
Nitrobenzene
100
t
M
100
M
100
Sample
Ref
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
B 797970
B 797971
100
M M M
TP145
100 100
M
TP145
100
M M M
TP145
100
TP145TP145 TP145
µg/kg µg/kg
<100
<100
µg/kg
<100
<100 <100 <100 <100<100 <100 <100 <100
µg/kg µg/kg
<100
<100 <100 <100 <100 <100<100
<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kgµg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<100 <100<100<100 <100<100<100
µg/kg
<100<100
µg/kg µg/kgµg/kg µg/kg
<100 <100 <100
µg/kg
<100
µg/kg
<100
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
Figure 2
Sheet 2 of 418/11/2021
Originator
<100 <100
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
Checked &
Approved
2254 - SVOCs SOIL - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:13
Benzenes
Pyrene
Benzo (a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo (b) fluoranthene
Benzo (k) fluoranthene
Benzo (a) pyrene
Indeno (1,2,3 - cd)
pyrene
Dibenzo (ah) anthracene
Benzo (ghi) perylene
810

Page 127

TP145
100 100
Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
Other SVOCsPhthalates
TP145TP145 TP145 TP145TP145
100 100 100100
TP145 TP145
100 500 500Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method TP145 TP145
M
B27725Contract No
TP145TP145TP145TP145
Hexachlorocyclopentadie
ne 2 - Nitroaniline
M M M M M M MU
200 500 1000 500
3 - Nitroaniline
4 - Nitroaniline
Hexachlorobutadiene
<100
<100 <500
<500
<500 <500 <200 <500 <1000
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
µg/kg
Benzyl alcohol
Hexachloroethane
n - Nitrosodi - n -
Propylamine
Isophorone
bis (2 - chloroethoxy)
methane
4 - Chloroaniline
100
t
M
100
M
100
Sample
Ref
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
B 797970
B 797971
M M M MM U
100
M M M
TP145
100
TP145
100
TP145
100
TP145 TP145TP145
µg/kg
<500
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<1000
<100 <100 <100<100 <100 <100 <100
µg/kg
<100
<100 <100 <100 <100 <100<100
<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<100<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kgµg/kg
<100<100 <100
µg/kg µg/kg
<500 <200 <500 <100 <100 <100<100
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
Figure 2
Sheet 3 of 418/11/2021
Originator
<100 <100
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
Checked &
Approved
2255 - SVOCs SOIL - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:18
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Butyl benzyl phthalate
bis (2 - ethylhexyl)
phthalate
bis (2 - chloroethyl) ether
Di - n - octyl phthalate
Aniline
SEMI-VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (USEPA
625) - SOIL
KEY
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
Hexachlorobenzene
Dimethyl phthalate
Diethyl phthalate
811

Page 128

Other SVOCs
2,6 - Dinitrotoluene
Dibenzofuran
2,4 - Dinitrotoluene
4 - Chlorophenyl phenyl
ether
Diphenylamine
4 - Bromophenylphenyl
ether
Carbazole
2256 - SVOCs SOIL - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
Figure 2
Sheet 4 of 418/11/2021
Originator Checked &
Approved
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:21
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00 <150 <100 <100
µg/kg µg/kg
No
No
µg/kg
<100
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<100B 797970
B 797971
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
Sample
Ref
t
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
<100
<100 <100
<100
<100 <150 <100 <100 <100
100 100100 100 150 100 100
TP145
M
TP145
M M
B27725Contract No
M M M M
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method TP145 TP145TP145 TP145 TP145
Samples received in
appropriate container
SEMI-VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (USEPA
625) - SOIL
KEY
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
812

Page 129

4 - Chlorotoluene
TP154TP154 TP154 TP154 TP154 TP154
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method TP154
MM M M M
TP154
5 5
B27725Contract No
1,4 - Dichlorobenzene
2,2 - Dichloropropane
1,3 - Dichloropropane
2 - Chlorotoluene
1,2 - Dibromoethane
1,2 - Dichlorobenzene
1,2 - Dichloroethane
5 55
1,2 - Dichloropropane
1,3,5 - Trimethylbenzene
1,3 - Dichlorobenzene
1,2,4 - Trimethylbenzene
1,1 - Dichloroethane
1,1 - Dichloroethene
1,1 - Dichloropropene
1,2,3 - Trichloropropane
1,1,1,2 - Tetrachloroethane
1,1,1 - Trichloroethane
1,1,2,2 - Tetrachloroethane
1,1,2 - Trichloroethane
<5
<5
<5 <5 <5
<5
<5
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
µg/kg
5
M
5
TP154TP154TP154
5
t
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
Sample
RefHole Depth
m
B 797970
B 797971
TP154
5 5 5 5
TP154 TP154TP154 TP154 TP154 TP154
M MMMAccreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation M U
TP154
MM
5
M M MU
5
U U
TP154
5 55 5 5 5
<5 <5
µg/kg
<5
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5
µg/kg µg/kg
<5 <5 <5
<5<5 <5 <5 <5
<5
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5<5 <5 <5 <5 <5
µg/kg
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
Figure 3
Sheet 1 of 318/11/2021
Originator
<5 <5
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
Checked &
Approved
<5TP03 0.00-0.00 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
2300 - VOCs SOIL - B27725 01.xls
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:25
<5
<5
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS - SOIL
<5<5
KEY
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
813

Page 130

iso - Propylbenzene
m
&
p - Xylene
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method TP154 TP154TP154 TP154
B27725Contract No
TP154TP154TP154
Dichlorodifluoromethane
Ethylbenzene
TP154 TP154 TP154 TP154TP154 TP154 TP154TP154
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55
Dibromochloromethane
Dibromomethane
Chlorobenzene
Chloroethane
Chloroform
Chloromethane
Bromodichloromethane
Tribromomethane
cis 1,2 - Dichloroethene
cis 1,3 - Dichloropropene
4 - Isopropyltoluene
Benzene
Bromobenzene
Bromochloromethane
<5
<5
<5 <5 <5
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
µg/kg
Bromomethane
Tetrachloromethane
<5
<5 <5 <5
M MM
5
M
5 5
t
Sample
Ref
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
B 797970
B 797971
U MM
TP154
U
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS - SOIL
MU
10
M M
TP154 TP154 TP154
M M M U
TP154
MM
5
M M
5 55 5 5 5
µg/kgµg/kg
<5
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5 <5 <5<5
<5 <5<5
<5
<10<5 <5
µg/kg
<10
µg/kg
<5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
µg/kg µg/kg
<5
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kgµg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5 <5 <5 <5 <5<5 <5 <5
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
Figure 3
Sheet 2 of 318/11/2021
Originator
<5 <5
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:28
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
2301 - VOCs Soil Page 2 - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
KEY
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
Checked &
Approved
Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
814

Page 131

Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
Sample received in
appropriate container
TP154TP154 TP154 TP154 TP154
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method TP154
MU U M M U
5 5
B27725Contract No
TP154 TP154 TP154 TP154
50 5 5 5
Trans - 1,2 -
Dichloroethene
Trans - 1,3 -
Dichloropropene
Trichloroethene
5 55
Trichlorofluoromethane
Chloroethene
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)
n - Butylbenzene
n - Propylbenzene
o - Xylene
sec - Butylbenzene
Styrene
Toluene
tert - Butylbenzene
Tetrachloroethene
<5
<5
<5 <5 <5
<50
<50 <5 <5
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
t
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
Sample
Ref
B 797970
B 797971
MM M MM MU
TP154 TP154TP154
M
TP154
5 5 5 5 5
µg/kgµg/kg
<5
µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5 <5 <5<5 <5
No<5 <5 <5 <5
No
<5 <5 <5
µg/kg µg/kgµg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg
<5 <5 <5<5
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
Figure 3
Sheet 3 of 318/11/2021
Originator
<5 <5
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG DAB
Checked &
Approved
2302 - VOCs Soil Page 3 - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:31
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS - SOIL
KEY
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
815

Page 132

NOTE
A WAC test will not identify whether a waste is harzardous or not. Waste must be classified using
characterisation assessment and analysis in accordance with WM3 first. Then if a waste hierarchy
assessment determines that landfill is the appropriate disposal option then chemical WAC testing
must be undertaken for wastes destined for inert, stable non-reactive hazardous or hazardous
classes of landfill.
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method S/C
0.1 1.6 0.1 ~
B27725Contract No
Mineral Oils (C10-C40)
Sam
ple received
in appropriate
container
2 30 13.5
1000 500
Total organic carbon
Total PAHs (USEPA
16 +
coronene)
Loss on Ignition
pH
~
~
Acid Neutralisation capacity
BTEX
(sum)
Total PCBs (7 congeners)
Sam
ple received
in appropriate
container
µg/kg
~ 6000
~
~
Yes <30
~ <30Yes
0.4
0.3
7.11.8 <1.6
<1.6
<1.6 ~ 6.8 ~ Yes <30
<30Yes7.6
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
t
Sample
Ref
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample Identification
T
Site
Client
Engineer
B 797969
B 797970
B 797971
B 797972
Checked &
Approved
Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
WASTE ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
M
TP019
NU
TP174 TP045 TP042
N M N MM
TP110TP154 TP067
3 100
~
~
~ 10
>6
~
~5 ~
Mol/kg
~
~ ~
~ ~
~
6
~
% mg/kg %
~
TP04 0.3 <1.6 6.1
Version 008 - 19/06/2007
TP03 0.00-0.00
TP02 0.00-0.00
0.00-0.00
Figure 4
Sheet 1 of 118/11/2021
Originator KEY
<3.5
~
<1 Yes
* - deviating result (refer to Appendix S2 for details)
µg/kg
<3.5 <1 Yes
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:36
Hazardous landfill
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
0.00-0.00
DAB
Stable, non-reactive hazardous waste in non-hazardous
landfill
^ - result expressed on as-received basis
2900 - W
AC
Solid - B27725 01.xls
Hole Depth
m
TP03
Inert landfill
mg/kg
<1
<3.5 <1 Yes
Yes
<3.5
816

Page 133

Exploratory
Hole
Depth
m
TP03 0.00-0.00
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
0.00-0.00
DAB
TP04
NOTE
A WAC test will not identify whether a waste is hazardous or not. Waste must be classified using characterisation assessment and
analysis in accordance with WM3 first. Then if a waste hierarchy assessment determines that landfill is the appropriate disposal
option then chemical WAC testing must be undertaken for wastes destined for inert, stable non-reactive hazardous, or hazardous
classes of landfill.
Figure 5
Sheet 1 of 118/11/2021
Originator Checked &
Approved
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:32:19
100040
<0.1 <0.2
Version 004 - 04/09/2008
TP03 0.00-0.00
TP02 0.00-0.00
3010 - W
AC
Leachate Suite - B27725 01.xls
<0.1 <0.2
305
mg/kg mg/kg
<0.1 <0.2
<0.05
mg/kg
<40
<0.2
<0.05 <0.05 <0.2
208<0.05
mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg
<40 <1 <100 <0.1 21
mg/kg mg/kg mg/kgmg/kg
<0.05 <0.05
<1 <100
<1 <100
<0.1 <0.2 <0.05 <0.05 <10<0.2 <40
<10
41196
176
<0.1
<0.1
<0.2 <40
<0.1<1 <100
0.4 40.5 0.06 0.1 10 1000
15000
800
10 0.7 0.5 2000050 150
mg/kg mg/kg
<0.01
<0.1 <0.005 <0.01
mg/kgmg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg
0.2
502 30 25000 500
<0.005<0.04 <0.1
<0.04
10
<0.1
10
50000
N
0.05
5 7 200
N
0.05
TP035 TP060
N
B 797971
B 797972
B 797969
B 797970
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
Site
Client
Engineer
Sample
Ref
Sample Identification
Sample
Type
Lab
Sample
ID
N
2
0.5
NN
100
<0.05
<0.05
0.03
0.02
U
5004000 1
N
All results expressed at L/S ratio 10:1
50
~ 800
100.1
100000 ~
60000
<0.1 <0.005 <0.01
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
100
N
mg/kg
TP065
40 1
TP080
<0.05
<0.05 0.06 <0.04
100 0.250
0.02 <0.04 <0.1
1 10
25 300 5 70
0.01 0.520 0.04 0.5 2
<0.005 <0.01
Copper
Mercury
Molybdenum
Nickel
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Dissolved Organic Carbon
Chloride
Fluoride
Sulphate
Dissolved Solids
0.1 0.1 0.005
Phenol
Lead
Antimony
Selenium
Zinc
0.20.1
N N N N N
0.05 0.01 0.04
B27725Contract No
TP156 TP156 TP156 TP162TP156 TP068TP156 TP156
ASSESSMENT
Accreditation M=Mcerts U=UKAS N=No accreditation
Limits of Detection
Terra Tek Analysis Method TP156 TP156TP156TP156 TP156
0.01
WASTE ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Inert landfill
Stable, non-reactive hazardous waste in non-hazardous
landfill
Hazardous landfill
TP156
N N N N
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
817

Page 134

Contract No
Notes
B 797971
797972
19/10/21
19/10/21
19/10/21
Version 017 - 22/01/2015
TP03 0.00-0.00
TP02 0.00-0.00
8050 - App S1 - Descriptions - B27725 01.xls
Moor Lane, Witton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
T
18/11/2021
DAB
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:47
TP04 0.00-0.00
Depth
m
Checked &
Approved
0.00-0.00
B 797969
Originator
Appendix S1
TP03
Additional matrix
Secondary Matrix
Fine to medium gravel
Site HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering LtdClient
Engineer
Date
Sampled
Lab
Sample
ID
Sample
Type
Sample
Ref
19/10/21 14.6
Sample Identification
PRIMARY MATRIX
Temperature on receipt  °C
Exploratory
Hole
Fine to medium gravel797970
B
B 14.6
CLAY
CLAY
14.6
Sandy CLAY Fine to medium gravel
Fine to medium gravel
14.6
CLAY
15.5
%
Retained 2mm
%
Loss at 30C
3.1
17.5 5.1
23.2
19.4
7.6
9.5
SAMPLE DESCRIPTIONS
Sheet 1 of 1
Terra Tek are accredited for clay, sand and loam matrix types only, where they constitute the major component of the sample.
Other coarse granular materials such as gravel, are not accredited where they comprise the major component of the sample.
Where a parameter cannot be determined in house it is our policy to use a UKAS/MCERTS accredited laboratory wherever
possible. Terra Tek will assume responsibility for the quality of subcontracted tests and the performance of the subcontractor
chosen. Where there is no known UKAS/MCERTS laboratory for a particular parameter, a laboratory listed within the Terra Tek
Approved Subcontractors List, which is subject to performance assessment, will be selected.
With the exception of samples analysed for asbestos, the laboratory removes any material > 2mm prior to analysis. The quantity
and nature of the material is shown as the secondary and additional matrix types in the above table.
Results are expressed on a dry-weight basis (samples dried at <30oC) except where stated. Samples for asbestos testing are
dried at 85oC.
B27725
818

Page 135

1
2
3
4
19/10/21
19/10/21
19/10/21TP04 0.00-0.00 B
797971
NOTES
Sheet 1 of 1
DEVIATING SAMPLES - SOIL
t
Appendix S2
797972
B
Version 017 - 22/01/2015
TP03 0.00-0.00
TP01 0.00-0.00
8051 - App S2 - Deviating samples - SOLID
- B27725 01.xls
Moor Lane, Witton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
TP02
18/11/2021
DAB
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:52
TP03 0.00-0.00
Checked &
Approved
0.00-0.00
B27725
B 797968
Contract No
Originator
797970
Depth
m
Exceeded maximium
holding
time for selected test(s)
Presence of headspace in
sample vial
Poorly fitting cap or lid
Client
Engineer
Site
T
Exploratory
Hole
Sample
Type
Sample
Ref
B
HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR
BLAIRINGONE
Corebrook Engineering Ltd
797969
Lab
Sample
ID
Sampling date has not been
provided
Deviating conditions
Deviating results are indicated within result tables.
Results reported for samples classified as deviating may be compromised. Deviation types are shown as "X" or "Yes" in the table above.
The absence of "X" or "Yes" in the table above indicates no reported deviations.
Deviations due to use of incorrect sample container are shown on result tables.
Preservatives used
Damaged container
Sample Identification
B 19/10/21
Date
Sampled
19/10/21
819

Page 136

BS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering
Purposes.
Yes
Determination of water soluble chloride by titrimetry Yes
USEPA Method 9030B Determination of acid soluble sulphides by steam
distillation/colorimetry. Yes Yes
BS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering
Purposes.
8100 - App S3 - Test Methods Soil - B27725 01.xls
MCERTS
Accredited
Wet/Dry
Sample
Tested
Method
Code
ISO17025
Accredited
YesPreparation of soil samples for chemical analysis
Reference Description of Method
Engineer
Site B27725
BS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering
Purposes. Determination of acid soluble chloride by titrimetry
1. Terra Tek (Birmingham) are MCERTS accredited for clay, sand & loam matrix types only, where they constitute the major component of the sample. Other coarse granular
materials, ie gravel, are not accredited where they comprise the major component of the sample.
2. Results are expressed on a dry-weight basis (samples dried at <30°C) except where stated. Samples tested for asbestos are dried at <90°C.
3. With the exception of samples analysed for asbestos, the laboratory removes any material >2mm prior to analysis. The quantity and nature of any material removed from
samples is recorded and the information is available on request.
4. The laboratory records the date of analysis of each parameter. This information is available on request.
5. The test results pertain only to the samples provided and is not guaranteed to be representative of the parent material in whole or part from which the sample was taken.
Sample location, site address, taken by and client reference are included where provided by the client, Terra Tek accepts no responsibility for the validity or accuracy of this
information.
Yes Wet
Yes DryBS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering Purposes.
Determination of Volatile Petroleum Hydrocarbons/GRO.
Dry
In-house documented method Determination of ammoniacal nitrogen by colorimetry Dry
Determination of water soluble fluoride by ion selective
electrode
Determination of free cyanide by steam
distillation/colorimetry Yes Dry
Dry
Determination of hexavalent chromium by colorimetry. Yes
DryDetermination of monohydric phenols by steam
distillation/colorimetry Yes
Yes Yes
Dry
Dry
Dry
N/AYes
Dry
Determination of pentane/acetone extractable petroleum
hydrocarbons (C8 - C40) by GC/FID Yes Yes Wet
Determination of total cyanide by steam
distillation/colorimetry. Yes Yes Dry
BS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering
Purposes.
MAFF Book 427:  The Analysis of Agricultural
Materials: Method 8
N/A
Sheet 1 of 2
Yes Dry
Determination of  polyaromatic hydrocarbons extractable in
dichloromethane, by GC/MS Yes Yes Dry
Determination of water soluble boron by ICP-OES Yes
Determination of loss on ignition at 50-440°C by gravimetry Yes
Determination of organic matter by titrimetry. Yes
TP046 MEWAM method: Phenols in water and Effluents:
4-aminoantipyrine method
TP049 MEWAM method: Cyanide in Waters etc
TP048 MEWAM method: Cyanide in Waters etc
MEWAM method: Cyanide in Waters etc
Wet
Determination of thiocyanate by colorimetry Yes
TP047
Yes Dry
Determination of complex cyanide by calculation Yes Dry
TP050 MEWAM method: Determination of Thiocyanate
,1985
Checked &
Approved
t
SUMMARY OF IN-HOUSE ANALYTICAL TEST METHODS
(SOIL)
Appendix S3
Dry
Yes
T
TNRCC Method 1005: 2001 (modified)
TP074 In-house documented method
TP040 APHA/AWWA, 19th edition: Method 3500Cr-D
TP067
Determination of pH in 2.5:1 water/soil extract using pH
meter.
BS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering
Purposes.
Version 026 - 21/05/2009
TP019
GP001
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
GP012
TP099
TP072
TP051
TP032
TP041
Notes
Originator
N/A
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:01:58 TP100 Wisconsin DNR Modified GRO method, Method
for Determining Gasoline Range Organics
TP098
Contract NoHOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR
BLAIRINGONE
TP045 GACHAMJA A.M. Chromatography and Analysis:
1992 9-11 (modified)
TP042
Corebrook Engineering LtdClient
BS EN 12457-3: Characterisation of Waste -
Compliance test for leaching of granular waste
materials and sludges (two-stage batch test)
Preparation of soil samples for two-stage leachate test
820

Page 137

USEPA Methods 8082A & 3665A
Asbestos Identification & Quantification in soils Yes
In-house documented method Determination of water soluble sulphate in 2:1 water/soil
extract by ICP-OES spectroscopy Yes Yes
Yes
TNRCC Method 1006 (modified)
8100 - App S3 - Test Methods Soil - B27725 01.xls
MCERTS
Accredited
Wet/Dry
Sample
Tested
Method
Code
ISO17025
Accredited
YesDetermination of Total & Speciated 7 PCB Congeners by
GC/MS SIM
Reference Description of Method
Engineer
Site B27725
HSG 248 Asbestos: The Analysts Guide
(Appendix 2), Edition 2 (May 2021) Asbestos Identification in bulk materials
1. Terra Tek (Birmingham) are MCERTS accredited for clay, sand & loam matrix types only, where they constitute the major component of the sample. Other coarse granular
materials, ie gravel, are not accredited where they comprise the major component of the sample.
2. Results are expressed on a dry-weight basis (samples dried at <30°C) except where stated. Samples tested for asbestos are dried at <90°C.
3. With the exception of samples analysed for asbestos, the laboratory removes any material >2mm prior to analysis. The quantity and nature of any material removed from
samples is recorded and the information is available on request.
4. The laboratory records the date of analysis of each parameter. This information is available on request.
5. The test results pertain only to the samples provided and is not guaranteed to be representative of the parent material in whole or part from which the sample was taken.
Sample location, site address, taken by and client reference are included where provided by the client, Terra Tek accepts no responsibility for the validity or accuracy of this
information.
No Dry
No Dry
HSG 248 Asbestos: The Analysts Guide (Appendix 2), Edition 2
(May 2021) & Standing Committee of Analysts: The Quantification of
Asbestos in Soil (2017, withdrawn Oct 2020)
Determination of loss on ignition at 150-440°C by
gravimetry
Dry
In-house documented method Determination of Total Organic Carbon in soils by high
temperature combustion & NDIR detection Yes Dry
Determination of water soluble nitrate by ion selective
electrode
Determination of pesticides and herbicides in soil by
GC/MS SIM Dry
Dry
Determination of water soluble chloride by titrimetry Yes
WetDetermination of total & speciated WHO 12 PCB
Congeners by GC/MS SIM.
Yes
Dry
Wet
Dry
WetYes
Dry
Determination of acid soluble sulphate by ICP-OES
spectroscopy Yes Yes Dry
Determination of carbonyls by GC/MS. Wet
BS7755: Section 3.9: 1995/ISO 11466:1995
In-house documented method
N/A
Sheet 2 of 2
Selected Dry
Determination of Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds by
GC/MS Yes Yes Wet
Determination of total sulphur by ICP-OES spectroscopy Yes Yes
Determination of acid extractable metals in soil by ICP-
OES Selected
Determination of  polyaromatic hydrocarbons extractable in
dichloromethane, by GC/MS (with concentration stage)
TP147 USEPA Methods 8082A & 3665A
TP154 USEPA Method 5021. Wisconsin DNR modified
GRO method
TP152 USEPA Method 556
USEPA Methods 8081B & 8141B
Wet
Determination of glycols by GC/FID DI
TP150
Wet
Determination of volatiles in by GC/MS headspace Yes Selected Wet
TP158 USEPA Method 1671
Checked &
Approved
t
SUMMARY OF IN-HOUSE ANALYTICAL TEST METHODS
(SOIL)
Appendix S3
DryYes No
No
T
In-house documented method
TP178 In-house documented method
TP134 In-house documented method
TP171
Extracted petroleum hydrocarbons from TP067 split into
aromatic and aliphatic fractions. Analysed by GC/FID.
USEPA Methods 8100 & 8270D.                                     
In-house method TP045
Version 026 - 21/05/2009
TP126
TP110
Moor Lane, W
itton, Birmingham, B6 7HG
TP114
TP183
TP174
TP169
TP129
TP135
Notes
Originator
N/A
Lab Project No B27725 : 18/11/2021 16:02:01 TP185 In-house documented method
TP181
Contract NoHOUSING DEVELOPMENT TETHYKNOWE, NEAR
BLAIRINGONE
TP145 USEPA Methods 3550C & 8270D
TP137
Corebrook Engineering LtdClient
BS1377, Part 3, 1990: Soils for Civil Engineering
Purposes. Determination of carbonate in soil (rapid titration method)
821

Page 138

WLC 21030 Tethyknowe House 
Preliminary Ecological Appraisal 
30/03/2022 
Prepared By: 
Wildlife Consulting Ltd | Ecology | Environmental Consultancy 
Company Number: SC620396 
822

Page 139

i
1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 1
1.1 Background ..................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Site Location .................................................................................................... 1
2 METHODS ........................................................................................................ 2
2.1 Desktop Study ................................................................................................. 2
2.2 Preliminary Ecological Appraisal ...................................................................... 2
3 RESULTS .......................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Desktop Study ................................................................................................. 4
3.1.1 Statutory Designated Sites 4
3.1.2 Protected Mammal Species 4
3.2 Field Survey ..................................................................................................... 4
3.2.1 Habitats 4
3.2.2 Protected Species 5
3.2.2.1 Bats 5
3.2.2.2 Red Squirrel 5
3.2.2.3 Otter and Water Vole 5
3.2.2.4 Badger 6
3.2.3 Great Crested Newt 6
3.2.4 Invasive Species 6
3.2.5 Birds 6
4 Appraisal and Mitigation ................................................................................. 8
4.1 Bats ................................................................................................................. 8
4.2 Red Squirrel ..................................................................................................... 8
4.3 Birds ................................................................................................................ 8
5 APPENDICES .................................................................................................... 9
5.1 Appendix A (Photographs) ............................................................................. 10
5.3 Appendix B (Target Notes) ............................................................................. 12 
Tables 
Table 2-1: Protected Species Survey Methods................................................................................ 2
Table 3-1: Great Crested Newt HSI Results .................................................................................... 6
Table 3-2: Bird Sightings ................................................................................................................. 7
823

Page 140

1
1 INTRODUCTION 
1.1 Background
Wildlife Consulting Ltd (WLC) was commissioned by Moving Still Architecture, to undertake of
Preliminary Ecological Appraisal in respect of a proposed residential development at Tethyknowe
House, Blairngone, near Dollar.   
There is a proposal to erect two new dwellings (Plot 2 and Plot 3) and extension of existing
dwelling (Tethyknowe House) at the site. Plot 2 and Plot 3 will be located on sites of existing
outhouses and within the existing garden of the original farm house. 
The site lies under the planning jurisdiction of Perth and Kinross Council (PKC). PKC supplied pre-
application advice for the project on 2nd August, 2021. As part of this advice, it was recommended
that in consideration of Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plani, “Habitat
surveys may be carried out to ensure that protected species (such as bats, birds and otters) are
not adversely affected by the proposal, see Policy 41. The requirement for survey work will depend
on the integration with the tree resource referenced above and the position layout of the scheme.
The survey work may have implications on when an application can be submitted”. 
1.2 Site Location
The development site lies approximately 3.2km south east of the hamlet of Blairngone in Perth
and Kinross. It is centred on British National Grid reference NT 01500 95261. 
i https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local-Development-Plan-
2019/pdf/LDP_2_2019_Adopted_Interactive.pdf?m=637122639435770000
824

Page 141

2
2 METHODS 
2.1 Desktop Study
A desktop study was carried out at the start of the commission and ahead of the field survey. 
Information sources used for this study are described below: 
• Google Earth (http://earth.google.co.uk) - aerial imagery was obtained and used to
inform the field survey;
• SNH Website (protected species) – the SNH website was used to inform on relevant
legislation for protected species found to be present in the vicinity of the project;
• SNH Sitelink (http://gateway.snh.gov.uk/sitelink/) - sitelink was used to determine
the location of any sites designated for nature conservation and their qualifying features
within 2km of the site; and
• NBN Atlas (http://data.nbn.org.uk) - the NBN was used to identify any available species
records. This search was limited to commercially useable data and limited to records of
protected mammal, reptile and amphibian species within 2 km of the Development site,
and limited to the most recent five years of available data. 
2.2 Preliminary Ecological Appraisal 
A Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA) was undertaken according to the standard Chartered
Institute for Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) method (CIEEM, 2017)ii.  All
features of ecological interest are described in Section 3. Target notes are added illustrating the
locations of features of ecological interest and invasive species.  Target notes are presented in
Appendix B and illustrated on Figure 1. 
The methodologies used to record evidence of protected species are listed on Table 2-1 below.
The protected species selected are based on our previous knowledge of the site and surrounding
area and informed by the results of the Desk Study (Section 3.1). The survey was undertaken on
09th December, 2021. 
Table 2-1: Protected Species Survey Methods
Species/Guild Survey Methods 
Bats Collins (2016). Bat Surveys for Professional Ecologistsiii: Good
Practice Guidelines. The buildings, woodland areas and standard
trees within the site were categorised (high, medium, low or
negligible) for their potential to support roosting bats. 
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site. 
ii Charted Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (2017). Guidelines for Preliminary
Ecological Appraisal (2nd Edition).
iii Collins (2016). Bat Surveys for Professional Ecologists: Good Practice Guidelines. 3rd Edition. Bat
Conservation Trust. London.
825

Page 142

3
Species/Guild Survey Methods 
Red squirrel Searches for stripped cones and the presence of any drey
structures in trees were undertaken within accessible land  50m
of the site.
Otter and Water Vole Chanin (2003) “Monitoring the Otter”iv. The survey area for
otter and water vole comprised suitable habitats within 250m
of the site. Searches were undertaken for otter places of rest
(holts or couches), feeding signs and spraints. Searches were
undertaken to record the presence of evidence of water vole
presence including: latrines, burrows, prints and feeding
stations.
Badger Harris et al. (1989) “Surveying Badgers”v. Evidence for the
presence of badger was searched for including the presence of
setts, foraging signs, latrines, prints, mammal paths and guard
hairs, as well as any badger sightings. 
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site.
Great crested newt A Habitat Suitability Index (HSI) following Oldham et al. 2000vi
was undertaken at a single pond within the survey area (Figure
1) to determine its suitability for the protected amphibian
species great crested newt.
Birds Walkover survey looking for nesting birds, actual bird sightings,
bird sounds and other field signs such as feathers, pellets etc.   
The survey area for this receptor comprised accessible land
within 50m of the Development site.
Invasive Species A walkover survey was undertaken to record the presence of
any invasive species listed on Schedule 9 of the Wildlife and
Countryside Act. 
iv Chanin P (2003). Monitoring the Otter Lutra lutra. Conserving Natura 2000 Rivers Monitoring Series No.
10, English Nature, Peterborough.
v Harris, S., Cresswell, P. & Jefferies, D. (1989) - Surveying for badgers. Occasional Publication of the
Mammal Society No. 9.  Mammal Society, Bristol.
vi Oldham R.S., Keeble J., Swan M.J.S. & Jeffcote M. (2000). Evaluating the suitability of habitat for the
Great Crested Newt (Triturus cristatus). Herpetological Journal 10(4), 143-155.
826

Page 143

4
3 RESULTS 
3.1 Desktop Study 
3.1.1 Statutory Designated Sites
Statutory designated sites located within 2km of the development site are considered in this
assessment.  Statutory designated sites are protected by EU and UK legislation and include: 
• SPAs;
• Special Areas of Conservation (SAC);
• Ramsar sites;
• Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI);
• National Nature Reserves (NNR); and
• Local Nature Reserves (LNR).   
There are no statutory sites designated for nature conservation within the area of search. The
closest statutory site designated for nature conservation is Wether Hill SSSI, which is notified on
account of its blanket bog, lowland calcareous grassland and upland oak woodland habitats, lies
approximately 2.3km from the site at its closest point and no effects are predicted on this
receptor.  
There are no known non-statutory designated sites within the 2km area of search. There are
several areas of woodland listed on the ancient woodland inventory within the search area, the
closest of which lies approximately 0.4km northeast of the development site at its closest point.
Similarly no effects are predicted on these receptors arising from the development. 
On the basis of the above, designated sites are not considered further in this report. 
3.1.2 Protected Mammal Species
The NBN Atlas has recorded the presence of one protected mammal species within the 2km grid
square that includes the site. There are several observational records of red squirrel Sciurus
vulgaris recorded within this search area within the last five years. 
3.2 Field Survey 
3.2.1 Habitats
Tethyknowe House is a large, rectangular, disused stone building with a pitched, slate roof. There
are two conically roofed bay windows protruding from the front (south) of the property and a
smaller dormer, on the first floor in the centre of the front of the building directly above the main
entrance to the property (Photograph 1). There is a small lean to conservatory on the west side
of the building, allowing an alternative access into the property (Photograph 2).
The grounds of Tethyknowe House comprise a sloping lawn, which retains a short sward. At the
base of the lawn there is a mature shelterbelt of mixed woodland around much of the south and
west of the site. The trees largely comprise Scots pine Pinus sylvestris, sitka spruce Picea
sitchensis and beech Fagus sylvatica (Photograph 3).
827

Page 144

5
A single pond lies approximately 150m north of the site (photograph 4). This is the only pond
shown within 500m of the site in Ordnance Survey 1:25,000 mapping. The pond is of an irregular
shape and lies in a shallow depression within an improved grassland field, which has a short
sward. There was little in the way a aquatic macrophyte vegetation present in the pond. Much
of the edges of the pond supported marginal vegetation in the form of soft rush Juncus effusus
and great reedmace Typha latifolia.
The Roughcleugh Burn (a minor tributary of the Black Devon) lies approximately 160m to the
south of the site. The burn was no more than 1m across within the survey area. The burn has
been straightened and is little more than a field drain across the survey reach. The water depth 
in the channel was of a very low level (<5cm) and the channel is almost completely covered with
bramble scrub and ruderal vegetation. 
3.2.2 Protected Species
3.2.2.1 Bats
No roosting bats were recorded within Tethyknowe House. There were partially eaten insects
present in the loft void, which may be evidence of the presence of bats, no droppings of staining
was noted during the survey visit, but some areas of the loft void were inaccessible due to the
presence of rotten timbers. The visit was also undertaken in December during the bat
hibernation period and, due to the low humidity levels in the building it is considered unlikely
that it would be used as a hibernation roost. 
In terms of the Bat Conservation Trust guidanceiii Tethyknowe House is considered to be of ‘High’
suitability for supporting roosting bats during the spring summer and autumn months when bats
are active. The score based on the following: 
• Numerous potential ingress/egress points into the building suitable for access by bats -
Gaps in soffits, gaps in mortar, some lifted flashing, and also ingress via gaps in the timber
in the lean to conservatory;
• Internal and external gaps allowing access into loft void; and
• Good linear connectivity from adjacent mature woodland shelter belts, providing
commuting and foraging opportunities. 
The outbuildings are low in nature, of timber and corrugated iron construction and lack enclosed
loft voids favoured by bats. 
The mature beech trees within the mature shelterbelt of mixed wood at the western and
southern extents of the garden area are also considered of an age to have developed features
favoured by roosting bats, such as rot holes, cracks and splits.   
3.2.2.2 Red Squirrel
No evidence of the presence of red squirrel was recorded during the field survey and no dreys
were observed. The desk study returned an observational record of a red squirrel in the grounds
of Tethyknowe House within the last five years. 
3.2.2.3 Otter and Water Vole
Due to its minor nature and historical management the Roughcleugh Burn is considered to be of
negligible suitability for either otter Lutra lutra or water vole Arvicola amphibius and no evidence
of the presence of either of these species was recorded within 250m of the site.   
828

Page 145

6
3.2.2.4 Badger
No evidence of the presence of badger Meles meles was recorded and this species is not
considered further in this report. 
3.2.3 Great Crested Newt
The HSI results as shown on table below show the pond scores poorly in terms of its potential to
support the protected species, great crested newt Triturus cristatus. Its lack of suitability for this
species is largely based on its ephemeral nature and its isolation from any other nearby ponds
(within 500m). It is suitable for common amphibian species such as common frog Rana
temporaria. 
Table 3-1: Great Crested Newt HSI Results
Pond 1  
HSI
Element
Number HSI Element  HSI Score
SI No SI Description SI Value
1 Geographic location 0.5
2 Pond area 0.95
3 Pond permanence 0.1
4 Water quality 0.33
5 Shade 1
6 Waterfowl effect 0.67
7 Fish presence 1
8 Pond Density 0.318471338
9 Terrestrial habitat 0.33
10 Macropyhyte cover 0.5
HSI Score 0.47
Pond Suitability* Poor
* HSI Score Pond Suitability
< 0.50 Poor
0.50 - 0.59 Below average
0.60 - 0.69 Average
0.70 - 0.79 Good
> 0.80 Excellent 
3.2.4 Invasive Species
No invasive plant species were recorded during the survey visit. 
3.2.5 Birds
Given the time of year (December) a breeding bird survey was not undertaken. The trees in
Tethyknowe House garden are likely to support nesting birds during the breeding season (April
– August). Additionally, There are bird droppings in the loft void at Tehthyknowe House and there
is potential for hirundine species, such as swallow Hirundo rustica, to nest within or on the
building. Bird species were recorded during the survey visit are presented on Table 3-2 below. 
829

Page 146

7
Table 3-2: Bird Sightings
Species Species Species
Black-headed gull Chroicocephalus ridibundus Great tit Parus major Jackdaw Corvus monedula
Buzzard Buteo buteo Greenfinch Chloris chloris Pied wagtail Motacilla alba
Blackcap Sylvia atricapilla Herring gull Larus argentatus Robin 
Erithacus rubecula
Blue tit Cyanistes caeruleus House sparrow Passer domesticus Wren Troglodytes troglodytes
Chaffinch Fringilla coelebs   
830

Page 147

8
4 Appraisal and Mitigation
4.1 Bats
Further surveys are recommended to determine whether or not roosting bats will be affected by
the works and to inform the need for any licensing. 
Tethyknowe House is considered to be of High Suitability for supporting roosting bats. This would
trigger the need for three emergence/return survey visits under Bat Conservation Trust
GuidanceError! Bookmark not defined.. The survey window for undertaking this work is May – September
inclusive, but at least two of the survey visits would need to take place between May and August.
There should also be a minimum of two weeks between each survey. 
It is advised that the trees are retained on site, but should any trees require removal to facilitate
the works it is advised that they are demarcated and surveyed separately to determine whether
they have the potential to support roosting bats to ensure legislative compliance.
All other buildings within the Development Site are considered to have negligible suitability to
support roosting bats and require no further survey.
4.2 Red Squirrel
The desk study has returned an observational record of this species on site, but there are no
dreys recorded. The mature trees on site provide a food source and opportunities for drey
making. It is advised that the trees are retained on site, but if felling or limbing works are
required, then a pre-clearance check is advised, to inform the need for any licensing works and
ensure legal compliance should a drey have been constructed. 
4.3 Birds
A range of common bird species are considered likely to be breed within the development site. 
The bird breeding season runs from April to August inclusive. 
It is recommended that construction is timed to either avoid the breeding season altogether, or
Scheduled to start before the breeding season starts (ideally before mid-March) so that birds
returning to the area to breed can choose a territory/nest location away from potentially
disturbing activities. In the event this is not possible, prior to the commencement of clearance
works, all suitable nesting habitat (trees/scrub and Tethyknowe House) should first be checked
to determine the presence of any active nests. If an active nest is confirmed to be present, an
exclusion zone should be erected around the nest until all dependent young have fledged, or if
the nest is no longer active. 
831

Page 148

9
5 APPENDICES 
832

Page 149

10
5.1 Appendix A (Photographs)
1) Tethyknowe House  2) Lean to conservatory 
3) Shelterbelt in garden (south
and west) 
4) Pond north of site 
5) Rotted facia boards  6) Rotted facia boards 
7) Rotted facia and soffit boards  8) Loft void 
833

Page 150

11
9) Rotted joists and gaps in
mortar in interoir of
Tethyknowe House 
10) Interiror of Tethyknowe House
showing stripped lath and
plaster 
11) Rear (northern) gable  12) Outbuilidng to rear of
Tethyknowe House 
13) Outbuildings used as sawmill  14) Outbuildings used as sawmill 
834

Page 151

12
5.3 Appendix B (Target Notes) 
Target Note
Number
Grid
Reference
Feature
1 NT 01495
95258
Tethyknowe House. Disused. Stone construction. Gaps in mortar. Rotted soffits/facia.
Ingress/egress points allowing potential access for bats and birds. 
2 NT 01478
95227 
Mature shelterbelt of mixed woodland. Beech, sitka spruce, Scot’s pine. Potential to support
red squirrel, nesting birds and roosting bats.
3 NT 01475
95251
Outbuildings. Wood structure and corrugated iron roof. Negligible wildlife potential.
4 NT 01492
95269
Outbuilding. Wood structure and corrugated iron roof. Negligible wildlife potential.
5 NT 01598
95444
Pond. Shallow/likely ephemeral. Lack of aquatic macrophytes. Marginal vegetation – great
reedmace and soft rush. 
6 NT 01520
95047
Roughcleugh Burn. Historically straightened for field drainage. Little water. Overgrown banks
(bramble scrub and ruderal). 
835

Page 152

1 
BLEBO TREE
Surgery   
Adam Riedi
Edenbank House,
22 Crossgate,                                                                                                    
Cupar, Fife
KY15 5HW                                                                          
Mobile: 07866479416                                                                                             
www.blebotreesurgery.co.uk 
________________________________________________________________________________
A. C. Riedi Arb. Assoc. Tech. Cert. Arbor A.
Arboricultural Contracting & Consultancy
Adam Riedi-
Tech.Cert.
Arbor.A
BS 5837 Tree Survey
Report
Tethyknowe House,
Blairingone,
Dollar,
FK14 7ND
18/11/2021
836

Page 153

2 
Contents 
Part One General introduction 
Client brief-4 
The author – qualifications and experience-4 
Aims of arboricultural survey-5 
Summary-6 
The importance of trees in the built environment-7 
Trees and development-an introduction-8 
Part two Tree survey and tree management recommendations 
VTA-an introduction-11 
Methodology-13 
Observations-14 
Recommendations-17 
Limitations-23 
Part Three Tree schedule and tree constraints plan 
Tree schedule-25
Dimensions-34
Tree constraints plans-38 
Appendices 
Appendix 1-Glossary of arboricultural Terms-40
Appendix 2-Specification for protective barriers-49
Appendix 3-Bibliography-51
Appendix 4-Table 1 – BSI 5837 Tree quality assessment-53 
837

Page 154

3 
Part One 
General introduction 
838

Page 155

4 
Client brief 
Mr Alister Macmillan of Amal construction asked us to carry out a pre-development tree survey, in
accordance with BSI 5837: 2012, “Trees in relation to design, demolition and construction-
Recommendations”. 
The purpose of the survey is to establish the constraints and opportunities in integrating building
structures and services into the existing tree population and is submitted to comply with LPA
conditions. 
Consequently, having had the tender accepted, Blebo Tree Surgery carried out an arboricultural survey
and the findings are presented within this report. 
The author and surveying team – qualifications and experience 
Adam Riedi holds the Arboricultural Association Technicians Certificate, and also holds the LANTRA
Professional Tree Inspection Certificate. He has been working in the industry since 1995 as both a
contracting and consulting arborist. As part of a continuing professional development programme, he is
currently working towards the Royal Forestry Society Professional Diploma in Arboriculture. 
Mr Riedi was the Secretary of the Scottish Branch of the Arboricultural Association where his role
included the organisation of seminars and events. In May 2010 he chaired a seminar given by world-
leading tree expert Professor Claus Mattheck (Institute of Materials Research, Karlsruhe University,
Germany). He has demonstrated modern ultra-sound decay detection techniques at a number of events
and colleges. In 2014, he chaired a seminar on ‘trees and the law’ where the principal speakers were Dr
David Lonsdale and Jeremy Barrell. 
In 2011 he attended a visual tree assessment elite field training course held in Germany with Professor
Claus Mattheck. 
In 2012 Mr Riedi was asked to join an international research group researching trees, wood-decay
fungi and ultrasound diagnostics with tree consultants and leading academics from the UK, Holland,
Germany and Switzerland. 
In 2015, Mr Riedi has advised the National Tree Collection of Scotland on tree management at several
of their sites. He has also advised a number of Scottish Universities on integrating new buildings into
the existing valuable and historic tree collections. 
839

Page 156

5 
Aims of the arboricultural survey 
• To collect arboricultural measurements and calculations pertaining to and required by the
British Standards Institute (BSI) publication BSI 5837: 2012, “Trees in relation to design,
demolition and construction-Recommendations” which will aid in quantifying the opportunities
and constraints to proposed development.
• To provide an assessment of the hazards posed by the tree population and quantify the
associated risk to create a defensible strategy for individual tree management.
• To prioritise and specify remedial work and, where necessary, more detailed investigation, to
deal with potential hazards observed during individual tree assessment.
• To attempt to preserve the amenity value of the landscape, while managing the conflicts that
may arise with respect to the client’s duty of care.
• To create a tree constraints map by plotting tree position, tree category, tag number and crown
spread on a licensed mapping tile. This is exported as a DXF and PDF file. 
840

Page 157

6 
Summary and site introduction 
The survey area consists of the grounds of Tethyknowe House. 
The tree population is comprised of broad-leaved and coniferous
trees that are both native and exotic in origin. The planting date of
the trees are not known by the author but it is probable that the
majority of the trees were planted in the early and mid-20th century. 
The tree population consists largely of early mature and mature trees.
The grounds are defined by a mixture of post and wire livestock
fencing, wooden slated fencing and low-level stone-built walls
surrounding the garden area of Tethyknowe house. The majority of
the tree population of the garden is concentrated around the
perimeter with the exception of a limited number of trees growing
within the internal areas of the garden.
The site is gently sloping downwards to the south with terraced step-
downs in levels. 
0% of the tree population surveyed is categorised as A category, 77% as B category, 14% as C
category and 9% as U category. 
Eleven trees are recommended for remedial work. Five trees are recommended for complete felling. 
Two trees are recommended for pruning. Four trees require further inspection. 
841

Page 158

7 
The importance of trees in the built environment 
Urban trees confer many benefits to urban spaces and those who use them. 
There are many well documented structural benefits; storm water management, reduction in UV light,
shading, cooling of the air and removal of harmful pollutants and particulates from the air around trees. 
An attractive and healthy tree population can also add significant financial value to a property which is
obviously of key importance to developers, home owners and estate agents. 
As the photographs below illustrate, trees also soften and compliment urban architectural and
landscape designs and give scale, form and beauty to our streets and public spaces. 
Images reproduced with permission of Martin Kelly, Capita Symonds, London 
A resilient and well-maintained tree population is also a link with the natural world which might
otherwise be lacking in city life. The diversity of forms, colour and seasonal variation has tangible
benefits for the physical and mental wellbeing for those who use this “green infrastructure”.
842

Page 159

8 
Trees and development-an introduction 
The purpose of this process is to identify the nature and quality of existing tree cover and highlight
the opportunities and constraints to development activity and the resultant permanent structures. 
Good quality and sustainable tree cover is an essential component of green infrastructure and confers
many benefits to society and can have considerable landscape, ecological and cultural values.
Equally, the tree population should not pose unacceptable risk or nuisance to home owners and their
homes. Design and implementation of new structures should be realistic about what is achievable,
leave no significant impact on the condition of retained trees and create new structures and spaces
with good “liveability”. 
The tree survey and tree constraints plan should
therefore be regarded as a design tool for the project
architect and engineers. 
A project arboriculturalist who can advise, as well as
specify and supervise works, is an essential part of
any successful development team on sites where
trees exist. A high level of communication between
architects, contractors and an arboriculturalist should ensure a realistic and sustainable outcome for
both living trees and new structures. 
The tree survey should be carried out and considered prior to any detailed design work and should
be submitted to the Local Planning Authority as part of the initial planning application. Trees on
development sites should not be conditioned in the planning process as this undermines the role of
trees in the process and is in breach of the statuary duty of the Local Planning Authority to consider
tree protection and re-planting. 
843

Page 160

9 
This tree survey document should allow the design team, with the assistance of the project
arboriculturalist, to reach a number of objectives. 
• Present a tree retention/removal plan
• Present a strategic soft and hard landscaping design, including planting.
• Present an arboricultural impact assessment that quantifies direct and indirect effects of the
proposed design on the tree population. 
Reserved matters and meeting planning conditions 
• Present plans and methods for the alignment of utilities.
• Present a tree protection plan that shows the position of root protection areas, protective
barriers, ground protection and work exclusion zones.
• Present a detailed arboricultural method statement that details the precise method of tree
protection to be used.
• Present a detailed hard and soft landscape design. 
844

Page 161

10 
Part Two 
Tree survey 
and tree management recommendations 
845

Page 162

11 
Visual tree assessment (VTA) - an introduction
A tree can be defined as a self-optimising bio-mechanical
structure of lightweight design. 
Its form is a consequence of available light, load adaptive growth
and circumstances set within the context of its own genetic
abilities and constraints.
A tree (when functioning normally) will respond to increased
load, either caused by a specific structural defect or by a direct
increase in wind and gravitational load, by preferentially
depositing adaptive growth tissue in the affected areas. This
model is described as the axiom of uniform stress (axiomatic, as
it cannot be absolutely proven or disproven).
The VTA Level 1 (ground level, visual assessment only) system can, therefore, make reasonable
inferences about the tree's internal condition on the basis of external appearance.
Assessment of vigour and vitality is an appraisal of biological function, which is the driver of all
processes within the tree including adaptive growth and reaction to wounding and invasion by
pathogens. Excessive biological function, such as long phototrophic branches seeking light, may
disrupt this aspiration towards mechanical self-optimisation.
Biology and mechanics should be seen as both separate and intimately co-dependent processes.
Examples of trees that seem to represent the duality of the bio-mechanical nature of trees may often be
observed. 
A tree may bear a crown of normal size, density and foliar condition and yet the main stem may be
90% hollow and extremely prone to failure. 
Equally, a tree may be intact and structurally sound, free of decay and other major structural defects,
but may have poor vitality and its biological function may be declining fast.
The tendency of trees to form weak structures (such as compression forks and other mechanically non-
optimised structures) or their ability to resist pathogens and external loads is coded within the genetic
make-up of every individual tree species. Despite this fact, trees must be viewed as unique individuals
growing in unique circumstances.
The form and position of the tree is also assessed for intrinsic stability. Stem and crown morphology,
oscillation under wind and gravitational load, exposure and altered exposure, and tree group dynamics
are all considered, along with the likely shear strength and structure of the soil. 
846

Page 163

12 
The condition of the tree can then be put into the context of a
tree risk paradigm. The three components of risk are:  the
probability of foreseeable mechanical failure (condition), the
magnitude of mechanical failure (size of the defective part) and
the consequences of mechanical failure (people and property
and other things perceived to be valuable).
Finally, the value of the tree (ecological, botanical, landscape) is
weighed against the risk of harm and the cost and practicality of
any remedial work.
Work specified to reduce unacceptable risk from individual trees to be within an acceptable threshold
is given a priority rating based on time from the issue of the report. Remedial work may take the form
of complete tree removal, varying degrees of pruning, cable bracing or reduction of the target rating.
For trees that will be retained a re-inspection date is also stated. Trees are dynamic organisms living in
a highly dynamic environment, so a regular re-inspection cycle is required. It is also worth
remembering that tree condition may improve as well as deteriorate.  Good adaptive growth,
compartmentalisation of wood decay fungi and other defensive and adaptive strategies may overcome
an episodic lapse of condition. Environmental factors and pathogens may become more or less severe
and frequent.
Further inspection (VTA Level 2) is recommended in the initial Level 1 survey when it is not possible
to evaluate the presence, extent or severity of a defect visually and from ground level. Examples of
further inspection include such measures as the aerial inspection of a suspected defect, decay mapping
using diagnostic tools or the sampling of affected foliage for laboratory analyses. 
Further inspection would not be reasonably employed with low value and low risk trees, or as a
substitute for a lack of competency with VTA 1.
The duty of care of the tree owner is not reasonably discharged unless further inspection is carried out
within the stated time scales.
Good further inspection should quantify the extent and severity of any defect and help to avoid
unnecessary tree removal or pruning, as well as negligent tree management through inaction. 
847

Page 164

13 
Methodology 
The VTA (visual tree assessment) system was used to evaluate the physiological and structural
condition of each tree. 
The VTA system was used together with the QTRA (quantified tree risk assessment) system for
recording target values. On occasion, the QTRA system was used to calculate a precise risk of harm for
a particular tree. Elements of the tree STATICS system were also used. 
A nylon Thor hammer and manual probe were employed for simple decay detection. 
Tree heights were measured using the trupulse laser hypsometer system where possible. In areas that
had insufficient lines of site, the tree height is estimated. 
The tree constraints plan was made using a geo-referenced topographical mapping tile of the area and a
mobile mapping GPS unit, which together with a trupulse laser collected the on-site data. The resulting
plan shows the tree position, tag number, tree quality, crown spread, fall distance and root protection
area. The plans are made available in DXF and PDF format. 
Metal tree tags were applied to all individually surveyed trees at approximately 1.6 meters from ground
level, The tag sequence runs from 347-392 and a secondary tag run starts at 946 and ends at 1000 
The total number of individual trees/groupings surveyed is 74. 
It is understood the report is in support of a planning application. Therefore, measurements and
calculations pertaining to and required by the British Standards Institute (BSI) publication BSI 5837:
2012, “Trees in relation to design, demolition and construction-Recommendations” have been taken. 
No direct comment is made within this report upon the suitability of any development proposals and the
likely impact of proposed development on the tree population of this site. This is because the pre-
development tree survey is essentially an aid to design that highlights the opportunities for and
constraints upon development posed by the tree population. 
The field work for the current survey was carried out on the 17th of November 2021 under reasonable
working conditions.   
Tree selection method 
These trees were selected on the basis of those trees that were plotted in the original topographical
survey supplied by the client. 
848

Page 165

14 
OBSERVATIONS 
849

Page 166

15 
Introduction
No direct comment is made within this report upon the suitability of any development proposals and the
likely impact of proposed development on the tree population of this site. This is because the pre-
development tree survey is essentially an aid to design that highlights the opportunities for and
constraints upon development posed by the tree population. 
The tree quality category of these trees has been summarised in the table below. Please see Appendix 4
for further explanation of the tree quality category assessment process. Please note that for those trees
recommened for further inspection, the tree quality category must be reagrded as provisional. 
0% of the tree population surveyed is categorised as A category, 77% as B category, 14% as C
category and 9% as U category.
The survey was carried out under reasonable working conditions with reasonable visibility.
The tree population is comprised of broad-leaved and coniferous trees that are both native and exotic in
origin. The planting date of the trees are not known by the author but it is probable that the majority of
the trees were planted in the early and mid-20th century. 
The tree population consists largely of early mature and mature trees. 
The grounds are defined by a mixture of post and wire livestock fencing, wooden slated fencing and
low-level stone-built walls surrounding the garden area of Tethyknowe house. The majority of the tree
population of the garden is concentrated around the perimeter with the exception of a limited number
of trees growing within the internal areas of the garden. 
The tree population is subject to high exposure from the prevailing south westerly wind. 
The current tree population has been newly exposed to potential increased wind load and an alteration
of the group dynamic. 
0%
77%
14%
9%
Tree Categories
A
B
C
U
850

Page 167

16 
Target
Three target rating zones currently exist at the site.
Trees capable of striking buildings are zoned as QTRA 2.
Trees capable of striking public footpaths, open access public amenity grounds and residential gardens
are zoned as QTRA 3.
Trees only capable of striking the internal garden areas of the site are zoned as QTRA 4
Felling 
Five trees are recommended for complete felling. 
Pruning 
Two trees are recommended for pruning. 
Further inspection 
Four trees require further inspection. 
Re-inspection 
It is recommended that trees should have an initial re-inspection cycle of 12 months. Should the target
rating increase the risk from the tree population should be immediately reviewed by a competent
arboriculturalist. 
851

Page 168

17 
RECOMMENDATIONS 
852

Page 169

18 
Recommendations in relation to proposed construction 
• The root protection area for every tree surveyed has been recorded and shown on the Tree
Constraints Plan (TCP). The TCP is a layout design tool indicating the minimum around a tree
deemed to contain sufficed roots and rooting volume to maintain the tree’s viability, and where
the protection of the roots and soil structure is treated as priority. 
Restrictions within tree protection areas 
Inside the exclusion area of the fencing, the following should apply: 
• No mechanical excavation whatsoever
• No excavation by any other means without arboricultural site supervision
• No hand digging without a written method statement having first been approved by the project
arboriculturist
• No alteration of levels for any purpose (except the removal of grass sward using hand tools)
• No storage of plant or materials
• No vehicular access
• No storage or handling of any chemical including cement washings 
Further precautionary measures are necessary adjacent to trees: 
• No substances harmful to tree health, including fuels, oil, bitumen, cement (including cement
washings), builders sand concrete mixing and other chemicals should be used or stored within
the root protection area.
• No fire shall be lit that allows flames within 5 metres of tree foliage or within the root
protection area. 
853

Page 170

19 
General tree protection recommendations
The following considerations should be planned for:
• Plant and material delivery
• Landscaping
• Construction works
• Utility installation
• Demolition
• Soil stripping 
Once constructed in situ, no tree protection measures will be removed or changed in any way without
prior recommendation by the project arboriculturist and approval of the local planning authority.
Type 1 Tree protection barriers: This is suitable for areas of high intensity development, and should
consist of interlocking weld-mesh panels, well braced to resist impacts by attachment to a scaffold
framework that is set firmly into the ground. 
Should an alternative method of barrier construction be requested, consultation with the project
arboriculturist will be obtained to confirm the suitability of the revised design prior to informing the
local planning authority and obtaining their consent.
Once the exclusion zone has been protected by barriers and/or ground protection, construction work
may begin. All weather notices may be displayed on the barriers. 
Ground protection
All ground protection installed must be capable of supporting the expected loads as well as protecting
against compaction, rutting or damage to the soil.
.
854

Page 171

20 
Avoiding damage to stems and branches
Care shall be taken when planning site operations near to retained trees to ensure that wide or tall
loads, or plant with booms, jibs and counterweights, operate without coming into contact with retained
trees. If any such contact were to take place, serious injury to trees is risked which might make their
safe retention impossible.
Therefore, any transit or traverse of plant near to trees shall be conducted under the supervision of a
banksman, in order to ensure that the correct clearance from trees is at all times maintained. In some
circumstances, it may be possible to achieve this without pruning work known as ‘access facilitation
pruning’
Access facilitation pruning shall be kept to the absolute minimum necessary to allow development and
shall be carried out in strict accordance with the guidance below (Tree Surgery).Under no
circumstances shall construction personnel undertake any tree pruning operations.
Tree surgery
Given that tree surgery is required, it will be carried out in accordance with BS 3998:2010
Recommendations for Tree Work, industry best practice and in line with any works already agreed with
the Council.
Proof of experience and insurance provision will be required. All work shall be undertaken at the
appropriate time and with the consent and approval of the Site Agent.
If bats or other protected flora or fauna, are discovered during tree work, advice should be obtained
from Scottish Natural Heritage or other qualified persons and recommendations adhered to.
The contractor shall seek consent from the arboricultural consultant for the chosen Tree Surgeon to be
used. All work shall be undertaken at the appropriate time and with the consent of the Site Agent who
shall approve a programme of work.
The stumps of any trees removed from within the Construction Exclusion Zone or the RPAs of retained
trees will be either; cut flush to ground level and treated with eco-plug translocated herbicide or ground
using a stump grinder. They will not be winched out.
All operations shall be carefully carried out to ensure that damage to any trees being treated or
neighbouring trees is avoided. Under no circumstance should retained trees be used for anchorage or
winching purposes.
All arisings should be removed from site (unless other arrangements have been made) and the site left
clean and tidy.
New planting and mitigation
Replacement tree planting should be implemented to off-set the impact of any tree losses during
development. The decision of what species to plant should be left until the impact of the development
on the local hydrology and topography is apparent. 
855

Page 172

21 
Specifications for tree work 
This section defines in more detail the specifications for the suggested courses of action advised within
the tree schedule. All tree work should be carried out by qualified and insured arborists to the standards
defined in the following document; British Standard Institution 3998: 2010, “Recommendations for
tree work”. 
Pruning 
Dead wood management: removal, or shortening, of all dead branches from the crown of the tree. 
Crown reduction: reduction of the height and/or lateral width of the crown of the tree. This can be an
effective method of reducing the lever arm forces (wind and gravitational load) on the tree or
individual limbs, thus compensating for bio-mechanical defects by improving the ratio of strength to
mass. 
Extreme crown reduction: this involves removal of a large proportion, or all, of the primary
branches, and possibly, also the reduction in height of the principle stem. This can be appropriate on
trees where structural defects are so severe that conventional pruning systems cannot hope to re-instate
the ratio of strength to mass within tolerable limits. The physiological response of any individual tree is
uncertain, and the success of the operation should be assessed annually. Some species and individuals
may produce adventitious growth and continue to function as compact bio-mechanical structures.
Other trees may not respond well and become standing dead wood. Any tree parts, or whole trees, that
move to senescence have high ecological and habitat values but may constitute a hazard depending on
their proximity to targets, so ongoing monitoring is essential. Coronet cuts can also be used to
encourage niche habitats and adventitious growth. For more information see; Read, H. (2000) Veteran
Trees: A guide to good management, English Nature, BS 3998: 2010, Recommendations for tree work,
Fay, N. (2003) Coronet Cutting and Retrenchment Pruning-Natural fracture pruning
techniques(www.treeworks.co.uk/press_releases_publications.php). 
Fell or section fell: the removal of trees with significant structural defects or those trees that are in
severe conflict with their context. 
Further Inspection:  this aims to clarify the presence, extent and severity of potential defects
highlighted in the Level 1 survey. Inspection can vary from a simple aerial visual assessment by
Arborists of potential defects that are hard to assess from ground level, through to decay mapping
using Ultrasound Tomography. 
Target reduction method: Valuable old trees with structural defects can sometimes be defensibly
retained if the target rating is reduced. Target reduction measures may include fencing off trees, re-
directing paths and use of barrier planting. 
Cable bracing: The artificial restraint of branches and stems to prevent mechanical failure. Bracing
can be specified as dynamic or static depending on the severity of the defect. 
856

Page 173

22 
General tree management proposal 
1. It is strongly advised that arboricultural recommendations made within this report are carried out
within the appointed time scales. It is advised that a formal budget and schedule of work are
created by the client. That can be done after consultation between the client, the arboricultural
consultant and contractors. 
2. That the legal status of the trees, the laws and guidelines covering tree management be respected
and adhered to. Of particular importance are: 
• Trees in conservation areas: these are protected by ‘Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act
1997’. Applications to carry out tree work should be made to the local planning authority.
• Trees and the public road: ‘Roads (Scotland) Act 1994’ and amendments.
• Protected flora and fauna: ‘Nature Conservation Act 2004’ (Scotland).
• Felling licenses. Forestry and Land Scotland. 
3. All arboricultural remedial work should be carried out to the standards defined in British
Standard 3998 ‘Recommendations for tree work’: 2010 and be carried out by professional
arborists with the relevant qualifications (level 3 or above) and public liability and employers
insurance for arboriculture. 
4.  If any non-arboricultural work (e.g., path creation, maintenance) is planned, all work should
adhere to the guidelines defined in British Standard 5837: ‘Trees in relations to construction –
recommendations 2012’ in order to protect the trees from unnecessary damage. Any activity
likely to affect the trees, above or below ground, within or out-with the area should be monitored
and recorded. Work carried out by statutory undertaker’s out-with the site but potentially within
the rooting zone of the trees, should be recorded and the implications for tree health and stability
assessed. 
5. That a qualified Ecologist be consulted prior to any tree work commencing, in order to advise on
the likely impact on any protected flora and fauna. 
6. In the event of site usage altering, the risk from trees should be re-evaluated in altered areas. 
7. During periods of extreme weather, especially high winds (i.e. over 35 mph), it would be
advisable to warn site users, including residents and employees, of the potential risks given the
natural failure rate of trees under such conditions and close access to areas in close proximity to
the tree population. A mechanism for measuring wind speed and closing areas with physical
barriers could be formalised. 
8. Should paths be upgraded, or new features like benches be installed, thought should be given to
not only on not impacting on tree condition during construction of structures, but also to not
unnecessarily raise the target rating of trees through a lack of strategic planning. Careful
consideration should be given to the positioning of benches etc. 
9. All further inspection work recommended in the tree schedule should be carried out within the
stated timescales. 
857

Page 174

23 
Limitations 
1- The observations and recommendations contained within this document are valid for 6 months from
the date of this report (18th November 2021). Given the dynamic and complex nature of living trees it is
advised that regular tree inspections are maintained as stated in the tree schedule and after extreme
weather. 
2- This survey is based upon observations of the site as it currently exists. 
3- Tree condition should be re-evaluated after extremes of weather that may affect the trees’ health or
stability. Alteration to the site and the context in which these trees grow will make it necessary to re-
assess tree condition. 
4- Only the trees with individual tree numbers fall within the scope of this survey. 
5- The survey was carried out using the Visual Tree Assessment Level 1 (VTA) technique as defined
by C. Mattheck (2003; 2007). 
6- The survey was carried out from ground level and from within the site boundaries. 
7- No soil, pathogen or tree samples were taken. No drilling or other decay detection devices were
employed. 
8- No detailed assessment of the rooting zone and below ground tree physiology was made. 
10- No neighboring property was entered in order to survey the trees. All VTA observations were
made from within areas of public access. Some measurements were estimated due to limitations
imposed by the terrain. 
11- Trees are dynamic and complex organisms and are subject to change. No long-term guarantee can
be given as to the absolute safety of any tree. 
12- Target ratings and zones were established on the basis of the site at it was observed. If the client,
on the basis of frequent site visits, are able to observe that the target rating is higher than is stated then
the hazard posed by the tree population should be upgraded and management recommendations
reviewed. 
13- Some tree positions were estimated where not present on original topographical map. 
858

Page 175

24 
PART THREE 
Tree schedule 
859

Page 176

25 
Key to tree schedule 
Full term Explanation
Tree Tag Number Number on plastic tag attached to the tree at approximately 2
meters above ground level.
Tree Species Botanical Name (Common English Name). Where contemporary
botanical opinion about taxonomy and nomenclature is at
variance then the species synonym is also stated as (syn.)
Age Class Young (up to the first 1/3rd of expected height). 
Semi-mature (1/3rd to 2/3rds of expected height), 
Mature (close to expected ultimate height with rapid girth
expansion), 
Late-mature (at ultimate height and with slow girth expansion), 
Veteran (a valued tree surviving beyond the typical age for the
species).
Vigour Physiological condition:  Normal, Fair, or Poor
Summary of tree
condition
Good: Full healthy canopy; free from major cavities, wounds,
pests or diseases. A tree of excellent shape and form. 
Moderate: Slightly reduced leaf cover or isolated sparse leaf
cover, minor deadwood or isolated major deadwood; early stages
of decay or disease; stable structural defects. A tree of reasonable
shape and form. 
Poor: Overall sparse foliage; extensive deadwood; well-
established decay organisms; cavities and or large wounds;
structural defects prone to failure. A tree of distorted and
imbalanced shape and form. 
Very Poor: Large areas of dead crown; advanced decay;
structurally unsafe. A tree of very poor shape and form. 
Dead: Dead tree.
Notes on the
structural and
physiological
condition and its
growing context.
Observations made using the level 1 Visual Tree Assessment
system. 
860

Page 177

26 
Full term Explanation
Preliminary
Management
Recommendations
Specified works that are recommended for the reduction of the
identified hazard(s), or for further investigation.
NWR = No Work Required
PRUNING
EXTREME PRUNING
FELLING
FURTHER INSPECTION
CABLE BRACING 
Tree Quality
Categorization as
per BS 5838:2012
A,B,C OR U Category 
861

Page 178

27 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
374 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
375 Aesculus
hippocastanum
(horse chestnut)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
376 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact lower trunk.
Strip of wounding to north west at
approximately 2.5 to 3 meters above ground
level showing robust wound wood
formation. Largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
377 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
378 Quercus robur
(common oak)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
379 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
380 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
381 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
382 Acer
pseudoplatanus
(sycamore) 
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR C
383 Cupressus x
leylandii (Leyland
cypress)
Young  Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk.
Characteristic compression fork unions
supporting upright stems. Largely defect free
crown. 
NWR C
862

Page 179

28 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
384 Poplar sp. (Poplar
species)
Mature Normal UNKNOWN Basal shrub growth obscuring
part of trunk.  Very large tree with bias over
house. Previous crown reduction pruning
caried out. 
FURTHER INSPECTION Remove shrub
growth and visually re inspect within 3
months. 
C
385
(Group)
Prunus domestica
& Malus domestica
(domestic plum
and apple)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Group of approximately 10 fruit
trees in moderate condition.
NWR B
386 Prunus lusticanica
(Portuguese laurel)
Mature  Normal MODERATE Multiple stems arising from
ground level. Largely defect free crown.
some historic pruning wounds. 
NWR C
387 Prunus cerasifera
'nigra' (purple
plum)
Mature Normal POOR Ganoderma species fruiting bodies at
ground level. 
FELL Fell to ground level within 3
months. 
U
388 Taxus baccata
(common yew
Mature Normal MODERATE Two stems arising from ground
level. Multiple upright stems arising at
approximately 3 meters. Largely defect free
crown. 
NWR B
389 Taxus baccata
(common yew
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Group of two multi stemmed
yew trees in moderate condition. 
NWR C
390  Fraxinus excelsior
'pendula' (weeping
ash)
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk.
Characteristic distorted upper form. Signs of
Chalara Fraxinus excelsior (common ash) die
back. Frequent deadwood. 
NWR C
391 Ilex aquifolium
(common holly)  
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Multiple intact stems supporting
largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
392 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Young  Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
946 Acer
pseudoplatanus
(sycamore) 
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown.
Deadwood in upper crown. 
PRUNING Remove deadwood. within 6
months. 
B
863

Page 180

29 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
947 Poplar sp. (Poplar
species)
Mature  Normal MODERATE Reasonable trunk with
approximately 10 degrees lean to east and
with some minor Un occluded pruning
wounds. Distorted upper form.  Tear out
wound in upper crown showing good wound
wood formation. 
NWR B
948 Acer
pseudoplatanus
(sycamore) 
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
949 Poplar sp. (Poplar
species)
Mature  Normal UNKNOWN Basal area obscured by shrubs.
Some large deadwood and storm damaged
branches. 
FURTHER INSPECTION Remove shrub
growth and visually re inspect within 3
months. 
B
950 Fraxinus excelsior
(common ash)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
951 Fraxinus excelsior
(common ash)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
952 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Young  Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
953 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
954 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
955 Fraxinus excelsior
(common ash)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
956 Poplar sp. (Poplar
species)
Mature  Normal MODERATE POOR Reasonable lower trunk.
Slit like cavity to south in tensile wood at
approximately 5 meters from ground level.
Trunk with pronounced lean to northeast.
Largely defect free crown. 
FURTHER INSPECTION Aerial inspection
of cavity to south.  within 3 months. 
B
864

Page 181

30 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
957 Prunus avium
(gean)
Mature  Normal MODERATE Trunk with minor surface
wounds and medium diameter pruning
wounds. Distorted upper form. Frequent
deadwood. 
NWR C
958 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
959 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
960 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
961 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk. Very
distorted upper form, asymmetric crown. 
NWR C
962 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
963 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE POOR Trunk wound to east from
ground level to approximately 2.5 meters
from ground level showing reasonable
wound wood formation. Distorted upper
form. 
NWR U
964 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
965 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE POOR Partially occluded rib to
west on lower trunk. Distorted upper form. 
NWR C
966 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal POOR Fruiting body of Phaeolus schweinitzii
present at base. 
FELL Fell to ground level within 6
months. 
U
967 Poplar sp. (Poplar
species)
Mature  Normal POOR Very decayed trunk with fruiting
bodies of suspected Rigidoporus ulmarius.
FELL Fell to ground level within 3
months. 
U
865

Page 182

31 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
968 Fraxinus excelsior
(common ash)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown.
isolated deadwood 
NWR B
969 Poplar sp. (Poplar
species)
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
970 Pinus sylvestris
(scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
971 Pinus sylvestris
(scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
972 Acer
pseudoplatanus
(sycamore) 
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable trunk but with
multiple un occluded pruning wounds.
Largely defect free crown supporting largely
defect free crown. Isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
973 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
974 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
975 Larix decidua
(European larch)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
976 Larix decidua
(European larch)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Sweeping intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
977 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk Very
distorted upper form. 
NWR C
978 Pinus sylvestris
(scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
866

Page 183

32 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
979 Prunus avium
(gean)
Mature Normal MODERATE Sweeping trunk with minor
wounding supporting asymmetric crown
with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
980 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
981 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk. Very
distorted upper gorm largely defect free
crown. 
NWR B
982 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Early
mature 
Normal POOR Fruiting bodies of Kretzschmaria
deusta present on trunk. 
FELL Fell to ground level within 3
months. 
U
983 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
984 Acer
pseudoplatanus
(sycamore) 
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown.
isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
985 Fagus sylvatica
(common beech)
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown.
isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
986 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal UNKNOWN Ivy growth obscuring condition.  FURTHER INSPECTION Remove ivy
growth using hand tools and visually re
inspect within 6 months. 
B
987 Aesculus
hippocastanum
(horse chestnut)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
988 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal POOR Advanced basal decay.  FELL Fell to ground level within 6
months. 
U
989 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown. 
NWR B
990 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
867

Page 184

33 
Tag
Number
Botanical
name
Age
Class
Vigour Condition Tree management recommendations Tree
Retention
Category
991 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
992
(Group)
Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Group of three early mature
Pinus sylvestris (Scots pine) in moderate
condition, some deadwood and hanging
branches. Asymmetric crowns.
PRUNING Remove hanging branches
within 6 months. 
B
993 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
994 Picea sitchensis
(Sitka spruce)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown.  Frequent deadwood in lower crown. 
NWR B
995 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
996 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
997 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free asymmetric
crown with isolated deadwood. 
NWR B
998 Aesculus
hippocastanum
(horse chestnut)
Early
mature 
Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown. 
NWR B
999 Fraxinus excelsior
(common ash)
Mature Normal MODERATE Reasonable intact trunk
supporting largely defect free crown.
Frequent small and medium diameter
deadwood. 
NWR B
1000 Pinus sylvestris
(Scots pine)
Early
mature 
Normal POOR Extremely distorted form.  NWR U
868

Page 185

34 
DIMENSIONS 
BS 5837: 2005 – TABLE 1 ROOT PROTECTION AREAS (RPA) AND ROOT PROTECTION
RADIUS (RPR) 
869

Page 186

35 
Key to dimensions table 
Full term Explanation
Tree Tag Number Number on plastic tag attached to the tree at approximately 2
meters above ground level.
Height Measured height in metres from ground level to growing tips.
Crown clearance The distance from ground level in metres to the first significant
branch
Diameter of stem Recorded in millimeter’s at 1.5m height on the stem in
accordance with Annex C of BS 5837:2012. In trees with
multiple trunks the first 5 trunks are recorded. Trees with more
trunks than 5 have the average diameter recorded.
Crown spread The spread of the crown on all four cardinal points (north, east,
south and west) measured in metres.
Root Protection
Radius
A layout design tool indicating the minimum around a tree
deemed to contain sufficed roots and rooting volume to maintain
the tree’s viability, and where the protection of the roots and soil
structure is treated as priority. Expressed in metres.
Root Protection
Area
As above but expressed as square metres (metres2). 
870

Page 187

36 
Tree ID
Height (m)
Crown
clearance
Number of
Stems
Stem
1
(mm)
Stem
2
(mm)
Stem
3
(mm)
Spread - N
(m)
Spread - E
(m)
Spread - S
(m)
Spread - W
(m)
RPR Metres
RPA Metres
2
374 18 7 1 540 2 4 1 1 6.5 131.9
375 7 1 1 510 1 3 4 2 6.1 117.7
376 17 9 1 420 1 1 3 1 5.0 79.8
377 17 15 1 320 1 1 1 1 3.8 46.3
378 22 1 1 430 3 3 3 4 5.2 83.7
379 23 7 1 530 4 1 2 2 6.4 127.1
380 23 13 1 370 1 1 1 1 4.4 61.9
381 20 1 1 590 4 2 4 2 7.1 157.5
382 12 2 1 320 2 3 3 3 3.8 46.3
383 8 3 1 240 1 1 1 1 2.9 26.1
384 24 4 1 980 9 7 10 8 11.8 434.5
385 6 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.0
(Approximate)
NA
386 6 1 3 230 330 400 2 2 2 2 6.8 145.6
387 7 1 6 190 2 4 3 2 5.6 98.0
388 10 3 2 380 540 3 3 4 3 7.9 197.2
389 3 0 10 80 1 1 1 1 3.0 29.0
390 9 0 1 490 3 3 4 3 5.9 108.6
391 7 2 8 130 1 2 2 2 4.4 61.2
392 6 2 1 210 2 1 2 1 2.5 20.0
946 15 2 1 290 2 2 2 1 3.5 38.1
947 24 14 1 720 7 6 8 6 8.6 234.5
948 17 3 1 490 3 2 2 4 5.9 108.6
949 25 7 1 1100 9 9 9 9 13.2 547.5
950 17 6 1 300 3 2 1 3 3.6 40.7
951 9 5 1 320 1 2 4 1 3.8 46.3
952 6 2 1 240 2 2 1 1 2.9 26.1
953 13 2 1 560 4 1 3 4 6.7 141.9
954 14 3 1 430 3 2 3 3 5.2 83.7
955 7 5 1 360 1 1 5 1 4.3 58.6
956 26 11 1 760 7 7 7 1 9.1 261.3
957 8 4 1 400 1 3 4 2 4.8 72.4
958 15 9 1 320 1 1 2 1 3.8 46.3
959 16 5 1 320 1 1 2 1 3.8 46.3
960 12 2 1 370 2 3 3 3 4.4 61.9
961 6 4 1 340 1 1 5 1 4.1 52.3
962 19 7 1 540 1 2 2 3 6.5 131.9
963 7 3 1 290 3 3 4 1 3.5 38.1
964 16 6 1 280 1 2 2 1 3.4 35.5
965 12 6 1 310 4 2 2 2 3.7 43.5
966 14 2 1 430 1 1 3 3 5.2 83.7
967 24 9 1 860 2 7 9 6 10.3 334.6
968 15 3 1 270 1 3 3 3 3.2 33.0
969 22 8 1 840 8 9 9 4 10.1 319.2
970 8 3 1 350 1 1 5 1 4.2 55.4
971 9 3 1 330 1 2 3 2 4.0 49.3
972 19 5 1 650 6 5 5 4 7.8 191.2
973 11 3 1 370 1 4 4 1 4.4 61.9
974 18 11 1 380 1 2 3 1 4.6 65.3
975 6 2 1 250 1 2 3 1 3.0 28.3
976 11 8 1 270 1 2 2 1 3.2 33.0
977 6 2 1 290 1 2 1 1 3.5 38.1
978 15 9 1 370 1 1 3 3 4.4 61.9
871

Page 188

37 
978 14 1 1 740   4 4 5 4 8.9 247.8
979 6 1 1 380   1 2 5 3 4.6 65.3
980 23 12 1 540   3 3 3 1 6.5 131.9
981 10 4 1 410   1 3 5 2 4.9 76.1
982 7 2 1 450   3 1 5 1 5.4 91.6
983 24 4 1 520   4 4 5 5 6.2 122.3
984 24 4 1 640   6 6 6 3 7.7 185.3
985 19 3 1 570   5 5 5 4 6.8 147.0
986 17 8 1 450   2 3 2 1 5.4 91.6
988 5 1 1 280   1 1 2 1 3.4 35.5
989 25 2 1 500   2 2 2 2 6.0 113.1
990 18 3 1 450   1 3 2 1 5.4 91.6
991 20 2 1 380   1 1 1 2 4.6 65.3
992 13 2 1 400   1 1 4 2 4.8 72.4
993 21 16 1 370   1 1 1 1 4.4 61.9
994 22 1 1 510   1 2 3 2 6.1 117.7
995 19 12 1 400   1 2 1 1 4.8 72.4
996 8 1 1 390   1 1 4 1 4.7 68.8
997 10 10 1 380   1 2 1 1 4.6 65.3
998 10 1 1 590   1 2 4 3 7.1 157.5
999 20 6 1 550   4 5 6 4 6.6 136.9
1000 8 1 1 430   1 3 5 1 5.2 83.7 
872

Page 189

38 
TREE 
CONSTRAINTS PLANS 
873

Page 190

39 
874

Page 191

40 
APPENDIX  1
GLOSSARY OF ARBORICULTURAL TERMS
875

Page 192

41
Abscission. The shedding of a leaf or other short-lived part of a woody plant, involving the formation of a
corky layer across its base; in some tree species twigs can be shed in this way
Abiotic. Pertaining to non-living agents; e.g. environmental factors
Absorptive roots. Non-woody, short-lived roots, generally having a diameter of less than one millimetre,
the primary function of which is uptake of water and nutrients
Adaptive growth. In tree biomechanics, the process whereby the rate of wood formation in the cambial
zone, as well as wood quality, responds to gravity and other forces acting on the cambium.  This helps to
maintain a uniform distribution of mechanical stress
Adaptive roots. The adaptive growth of existing roots; or the production of new roots in response to
damage, decay or altered mechanical loading
Adventitious shoots. Shoots that develop other than from apical, axillary or dormant buds; see also
'epicormic'
Age class. A means of classifying the trees current position in its expected life cycle. This is often
classified as; young, early mature, mature, over mature, veteran, dead.
Anchorage. The system whereby a tree is fixed within the soil, involving cohesion between roots and soil
and the development of a branched system of roots which withstands wind and gravitational forces
transmitted from the aerial parts of the tree
Architecture. In a tree, a term describing the pattern of branching of the crown or root system
Arisings. All branch, stem wood, foliage, etc. that has been produced as a result of tree pruning or felling
operations
Axil. The place where a bud is borne between a leaf and its parent shoot
Bacteria. Microscopic single-celled organisms, many species of which break down dead organic matter,
and some of which cause diseases in other organisms
Bark. A term usually applied to all the tissues of a woody plant lying outside the vascular cambium, thus
including the phloem, cortex and periderm; occasionally applied only to the periderm or the phellem
Basidiomycotina (Basidiomycetes). One of the major taxonomic groups of fungi; their spores are borne
on microscopic peg-like structures (basidia), which in many types are in turn borne on or within
conspicuous fruit bodies, such as brackets or toadstools. Most of the principal decay fungi in standing trees
are basidiomycetes
Bolling. A term sometimes used to describe pollard heads
Bottle-butt. A broadening of the stem base and buttresses of a tree, in excess of normal and sometimes
denoting a growth response to weakening in that region, especially due to decay involving selective
delignification 
Bracing. The use of rods or cables to restrain the movement between parts of a tree
876

Page 193

42
Branch: 
• Primary. A first order branch arising from a stem
• Lateral. A second order branch, subordinate to a primary branch or stem and bearing sub-lateral
branches
• Sub-lateral. A third order branch, subordinate to a lateral or primary branch, or stem and usually
bearing only twigs
Branch bark ridge. The raised arc of bark tissues that forms within the acute angle between a branch and
its parent stem
Branch collar. A visible swelling formed at the base of a branch whose diameter growth has been
disproportionately slow compared to that of the parent stem; a term sometimes applied also to the pattern
of growth of the cells of the parent stem around the branch base
Brown-rot. A type of wood decay in which cellulose is degraded, while lignin is only modified 
Buckling. An irreversible deformation of a structure subjected to a bending load
Buttress zone. The region at the base of a tree where the major lateral roots join the stem, with buttress-
like formations on the upper side of the junctions
Cambium. Layer of dividing cells producing xylem (woody) tissue internally and phloem (bark) tissue
externally
Canker. A persistent lesion formed by the death of bark and cambium due to colonisation by fungi or
bacteria
Canopy species. Tree species that mature to form a closed woodland canopy
Cavity. A void in the tree’s structure. This is normally caused by the activity of wood decay fungi
Cleaning out. The removal of dead, crossing, weak, and damaged branches, where this will not damage or
spoil the overall appearance of the tree
Co-dominant (crown class).
Co-dominant (stems or branches). Two branches or stems of equal size that have arisen from 2 apical
buds at the tip of the same stem. This is often associated (depending on genetic and circumstantial factors)
with an inclusion of bark which may cause a point of mechanical weakness
Compartmentalisation. The confinement of disease, decay or other dysfunction within an anatomically
discrete region of plant tissue, due to passive and/or active defences operating at the boundaries of the
affected region
Compression strength. The ability of a material or structure to resist failure when subjected to
compressive loading; measurable in trees with special drilling devices
877

Page 194

43
Compressive loading. Mechanical loading which exerts a positive pressure; the opposite to tensile loading
Condition. An indication of the physiological vitality of the tree. Where the term ‘condition’ is used in a
report, it should not be taken as an indication of the stability of the tree
Construction exclusion zone.  Area based on the Root Protection Area (in square metres) to be protected
during development, by the use of barriers and/or ground protection 
Coppicing. A process whereby, following the cutting of a tree stem close to ground level, adventitous 
buds develop over time into stems arising from the parent stump
Crown/Canopy. The main foliage bearing section of the tree
Crown lifting. The removal of limbs and small branches to a specified height above ground level
Crown thinning. The removal of a proportion of secondary branch growth throughout the crown to
produce an even density of foliage around a well-balanced branch structure
Crown reduction/shaping. A specified reduction in crown size whilst preserving, as far as possible, the
natural tree shape
Crown reduction/thinning. Reduction of the canopy volume by thinning to remove dominant branches
whilst preserving, as far as possible the natural tree shape
Deadwood. Branch or stem wood bearing no live tissues. Retention of deadwood provides valuable habitat
for a wide range of species and seldom represents a threat to the health of the tree. Removal of deadwood
can result in the ingress of decay to otherwise sound tissues and climbing operations to access deadwood
can cause significant damage to a tree. Removal of deadwood is generally recommended only where it
represents an unacceptable level of hazard
Decurrent. In trees, a system of branching in which the crown is borne on a number of major widely-
spreading limbs of similar size (cf. excurrent). In fungi with toadstools as fruit bodies, the description of
gills which run some distance down the stem, rather than terminating abruptly
Defect. In relation to tree hazards, any feature of a tree which detracts from the uniform distribution of
mechanical stress, or which makes the tree mechanically unsuited to its environment
Delamination. The separation of wood layers along their length, visible as longitudinal splitting
Dieback. The death of parts of a woody plant, starting at shoot-tips or root-tips
Disease. A malfunction in or destruction of tissues within a living organism, usually excluding mechanical
damage; in trees, usually caused by pathogenic micro-organisms (especially wood decay fungi)
Distal. In the direction away from the main body of a tree or subject organism (cf. proximal)
Dominance. In trees, the tendency for a leading shoot to grow faster or more vigorously than the lateral
shoots; also the tendency of a tree to maintain a taller crown than its neighbours
878

Page 195

44
Dormant bud. An axial bud which does not develop into a shoot until after the formation of two or more
annual wood increments; many such buds persist through the life of a tree and develop only if stimulated to
do so (for example, by pruning and or increased light levels)
Dysfunction. In woody tissues, the loss of physiological function, especially water conduction, in sapwood
DBH (Diameter at Breast Height). Stem diameter measured at a height of 1.5 metres (UK) or the nearest
measurable point. Where measurement at a height of 1.5 metres is not possible, another height may be
specified
Epicormic shoot. A shoot having developed from a dormant or adventitious bud and not having developed
from a first year shoot
Excrescence. Any abnormal outgrowth on the surface of tree or other organism
Excurrent. In trees, a system of branching in which there is a well defined central main stem, bearing
branches which are limited in their length, diameter and secondary branching (cf. decurrent)
Felling. The process of cutting a tree down, to a point near ground level, in a controlled way. This is a
course of remedial action with the intention of permanently removing a tree.
Felling licence. In the UK, a permit to fell trees in excess of a stipulated number of stems or volume of
timber
Flush-cut. A pruning cut which removes part of the branch bark ridge and or branch-collar
Girdling root.  A root which circles and constricts the stem or roots possibly causing death of phloem
and/or cambial tissue
Guying.  A form of artificial support with cables for trees with a temporarily inadequate anchorage 
Habit. The overall growth characteristics, shape of the tree and branch structure 
Hazard beam. An upwardly curved part of a tree in which strong internal stresses may occur without
being reduced by adaptive growth; prone to longitudinal splitting 
Heartwood/false-heartwood/ripewood. Sapwood that has become dysfunctional as part of the natural
aging processes 
Incipient failure. In wood tissues, a mechanical failure which results only in deformation or cracking, and
not in the fall or detachment of the affected part
Included bark (ingrown bark). Bark of adjacent parts of a tree (usually forks, acutely joined branches or
basal flutes) which is in face-to-face contact
Increment borer. A hollow auger, which can be used for the extraction of wood cores for counting or
measuring wood increments or for inspecting the condition of the wood
Infection. The establishment of a parasitic micro-organism in the tissues of a tree or other organism
879

Page 196

45
Internode. The part of a stem between two nodes; not to be confused with a length of stem which bear
nodes but no branches
Lever arm. A mechanical term denoting the length of the lever represented by a structure that is free to
move at one end, such as a tree or an individual branch
Lignin. The hard, cement-like constituent of wood cells; deposition of lignin within the matrix of cellulose
microfibrils in the cell wall is termed Lignification
Lions tailing. A term applied to a branch of a tree that has few if any side-branches except at its end, and is
thus liable to snap due to end-loading
Loading. A mechanical term describing the force acting on a structure from a particular source; e.g. the
weight of the structure itself or wind pressure
Longitudinal. Along the length (of a stem, root or branch)
Minor deadwood. Deadwood of a diameter less than 25mm and unlikely to cause significant harm or
damage upon impact with a target beneath the tree
Mulch. Material laid down over the rooting area of a tree or other plant primarily to help conserve
moisture; a mulch may consist of organic matter or a sheet of plastic or other artificial material
Occluding tissues. A general term for the roll of wood, cambium and bark that forms around a wound on a
woody plant (cf. woundwood)
Occlusion. The process whereby a wound is progressively closed by the formation of new wood and bark
around it
Pathogen. A micro-organism which causes disease in another organism
Picus sonic tomography. A diagnostic technology which creates a two dimensional picture of a trees cross
section by measuring the velocity of a series of ultra-sound pulses which are sent, and received, from a
number of sensors (usually eight to twelve in number) which are placed around the trees circumference
Pollarding. The removal of the tree canopy, back to the stem or primary branches. Pollarding may involve
the removal of the entire canopy in one operation, or may be phased over several years. The period of safe
retention of trees having been pollarded varies with species and individuals. It is usually necessary to re-
pollard on a regular basis, annually in the case of some species
Primary branch. A major branch, generally having a basal diameter greater than 0.25 x stem diameter
Primary root zone.   The soil volume most likely to contain roots that are critical to the health and
stability of the tree and normally defined by reference to BS5837 (2005) Trees in Relation to Construction
Recommendations
Priority. Works may be prioritised, 1. = high, 5. = low
Probability. A statistical measure of the likelihood that a particular event might occur
880

Page 197

46
Proximal. In the direction towards from the main body of a tree or other living organism (cf. distal)
Pruning. The removal or cutting back of twigs or branches, sometimes applied to twigs or small branches
only, but often used to describe most activities involving the cutting of trees or shrubs
Radial. In the plane or direction of the radius of a circular object such as a tree stem
Reactive Growth/Reaction Wood. Production of woody tissue in response to altered mechanical loading;
often in response to internal defect or decay and associated strength loss (cf. adaptive growth)
Removal of dead wood. Unless otherwise specified, this refers to the removal of all accessible dead, dying
and diseased branchwood and broken snags
Removal of major dead wood. The removal of, dead, dying and diseased branchwood above a specified
size
Respacing. Selective removal of trees from a group or woodland to provide space and resources for the
development of retained trees.
Residual wall. The wall of non-decayed wood remaining following decay of internal stem, branch or root
tissues
Root-collar. The transitional area between the stem/s and roots
Root-collar examination. Excavation of surfacing and soils around the root-collar to assess the structural
integrity of roots and/or stem
Root protection area.  An area of ground surrounding a tree that contains sufficient rooting volume to
ensure the tree’s long term retention, close to optimal physiological and structural condition.  Calculated
with reference to BS5837 (2005)
Root zone. Area of soils containing absorptive roots of the tree/s described. The Primary root zone is that
which we consider of primary importance to the physiological well-being of the tree
Sapwood. Living xylem tissues
Secondary branch. A branch, generally having a basal diameter of less than 0.25 x stem diameter
Selective delignification. A kind of wood decay (white-rot) in which lignin is degraded faster than
cellulose
Shedding. In woody plants, the normal abscission, rotting off or sloughing of leaves, floral parts, twigs,
fine roots and bark scales
Silvicultural thinning. Removal of selected trees to favour the development of retained specimens to
achieve a management objective
Simultaneous white-rot. A kind of wood decay in which lignin and cellulose are degraded at about the
same rate
881

Page 198

47
Snag (stub). In woody plants, a portion of a cut or broken stem, branch or root which extends beyond any
growing-point or dormant bud; a snag usually tends to die back to the nearest growing point
Soft-rot. A kind of wood decay in which a fungus degrades cellulose within the cell walls, without any
general degradation of the wall as a whole
Sprouts. Adventitious shoot growth erupting from beneath the bark
Stem/s. The main supporting structure/s, from ground level up to the first major division into branches
Stress. In plant physiology, a condition under which one or more physiological functions are not operating
within their optimum range, for example due to lack of water, inadequate nutrition or extremes of
temperature
Stress. In mechanics, the application of a force to an object
Stringy white-rot. The kind of wood decay produced by selective delignification
Structural roots. Roots, generally having a diameter greater than ten millimetres, and contributing
significantly to the structural support and stability of the tree
Subsidence. In relation to soil or structures resting in or on soil, a sinking due to shrinkage when certain
types of soil dry out, sometimes due to extraction of moisture by tree roots
Subsidence. In relation to branches of trees, a term that can be used to describe a progressive downward
bending due to increasing weight
Taper. In stems and branches, the degree of change in girth along a given length
Target canker. A kind of perennial canker, containing concentric rings of dead occluding tissues
Targets. In tree risk assessment (with slight misuse of normal meaning) persons or property or other things
of value which might be harmed by mechanical failure of the tree or by objects falling from it
Topping. In arboriculture, the removal of the crown of a tree, or of a major proportion of it
Torsional stress. Mechanical stress applied by a twisting force
Tree preservation order (TPO). A legal protection of the tree, and its rooting zone, enforced by the
planning department of local government. Most remedial work proposed on a preserved tree requires
written approval from this authority.
Veteran tree. A loosely defined term for an old specimen that is of interest biologically, culturally or
aesthetically because of its age, size or condition and which has usually lived longer than the typical upper
age range for the species concerned
Vigour. In tree assessment, an overall measurement of the rate of shoot production, shoot extensi. Often
expressed as normal, fair, low or dead (for a given species) (cf. Vitality)
882

Page 199

48
Vitality. In tree assessment, an overall measurement of  physiological and bio-chemical processes, in
which high vitality equates with healthy function (cf. Vigour)
White-rot. A range of kinds of wood decay in which lignin, usually together with cellulose and other wood
constituents, is degraded
Wind exposure. The degree to which a tree or other object is exposed to wind, both in terms of duration
and velocity
Wind pressure. The force exerted by a wind on a particular object
Windthrow. The blowing over of a tree at its roots
Woundwood. Wood with atypical anatomical features, formed in the vicinity of a wound 
883

Page 200

49 
APPENDIX 2 
DEFAULT SPECIFICATION FOR PROTECTIVE BARRIERS,
AS PER BS 5837: 2012 FIGURE 2. 
884

Page 201

50 
APPENDIX 3 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 
885

Page 202

51 
APPENDIX 3 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 
886

Page 203

52
Key texts
Ferner, S.D (2008) Interpretation of Picus Sonic Tomograms under Mycological and Wood Biological Aspects,
Baumpathologisches Buro
Read, H. (2000) Veteran Trees: A guide to good management, English Nature.
Johnson, O. and More, D. (2004) Tree Guide, London: HarperCollins Publishers. 
Londsdale, D. (1999) Principles of Tree Hazard Assessment and Management, London: Department for Transport,
Local Government and Regions. 
Mattheck, C. and Breloer, H. (1994, 2003) The Body Language of Trees: A handbook for failure analysis, London:
TSO.
, 
Mattheck, C. (2007) Field Guide for Visual Tree Assessment, Karlsruhe: Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe Gmbh. 
Roberts, J., Jackson, N. and Smith, M. (2006) Tree Roots in the Built Environment, London: TSO 
Schwarze, Francis W.M.R. (2008) Diagnosis and Prognosis of the Development of Wood Decay in Urban Trees,
ENSPEC 
Schwarze, Francis W.M.R. (2004) Fungal strategies of Wood Decay in Trees, Springer-Verlag 
Scott, A. (2002) A pleasure in Scottish trees, Mainstream Publishing 
Shigo, A.L. (2002) A New Tree Biology: Facts, photos, and philosophies on trees and their problems and proper
care, Durham, USA: Shigo and Trees, Associates 
Smiley, E.T, Matheny, N. and Lily, S. (2011) Tree Risk Assessment, International Society of Arboriculture. 
Toomer, S. (2010) Planting and managing a tree collection, Timber Press. 
Standards Publications
BSI 3998: 2010, Recommendations for tree work. 
BSI 5837: 2012, Trees in relation to design, demolition and construction – Recommendations. 
887

Page 204

53 
APPENDIX 4 
TABLE 1 – BSI 5837
TREE QUALITY ASSESSMENT 
888

Page 205

54 
889

Page 206

890

Page 207

4(vii)(b)
LRB-2022-64
LRB-2022-64
22/01009/IPL - Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle),
land 35 metres south west of Tethyknowe House,
Blairingone, FK14 7ND
PLANNING DECISION NOTICE (included in
applicant’s submission, pages 751-752)
REPORT OF HANDLING (included in applicant’s
submission, pages 753-762)
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS (part included in
applicant’s submission, page 893)
891

Page 208

892

Page 209

893

Page 210

894

Page 211

4(vii)(c)
LRB-2022-64
LRB-2022-64
22/01009/IPL - Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle),
land 35 metres south west of Tethyknowe House,
Blairingone, FK14 7ND
REPRESENTATIONS
895

Page 212

896

Page 213

897

Page 214

898

Page 215

899

Page 216

900

Page 217

901

Page 218

902

Page 219

903

Page 220

904

Page 221

905

Page 222

906

Page 223

907

Page 224

908

Page 225

909

Page 226

910

Page 227

911

Page 228

912

Page 229

913

Page 230

914

Page 231

915

Page 232

916

Page 233

917

Page 234

918

Page 235

919

Page 236

920

Page 237

921

Page 238

Local Review Body                                                                     
Perth and Kinross Council                                                                               
Pullar House                                                                                                      
35 Kinnoull Street
PERTH
PH 1 5GD                                                                                                                12 December 2022
Dear Sir/Madam
Planning Applications: 
22/01009/IPL – Erection of a dwellinghouse and garage (in principle), land 35 metres south west of
Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, FK14 7ND – Kaas Ventures Ltd 
22/01010/IPL – Erection of a dwellinghouse (in principle), land 40 metres south east of
Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, FK14 7ND – Kaas Ventures Ltd
With reference to the above planning applications for which the refusals are to be reviewed by the
Local Review Body (LRB) we have the following comments, in addition to the comments made in our
original comment letters (attached).
Our comments apply equally to both applications and are related to statements in Mr Houghton’s
submission to the LRB which are incorrect or contradictory.
Mr Houghton has restated that the private road/drive which provides access onto the U213 is
owned by all the properties in what he calls ‘the building group’. This is incorrect; it is owned jointly
by numbers 1-6 Tethyknowe Steading. He states that any additional houses on that site also have 
the right to use the drive. Tethyknowe House has a right of access via title to use the drive but we do
not agree that there is a right for this to be extended to any additional houses on the site.
In reference to the felling of trees by the previous owner – it is not our understanding that Forestry
Scotland were consulted prior to the felling but only became involved later. The felling was also
carried out prior to the tree survey being undertaken. As previously stated in our letter, although the
felling was undertaken by the previous owners, the applicant’s project manager was on site during
the felling so it is likely that this work was being done with his agreement.
Mr Houghton also states that the siting of the houses is ‘designed to take full advantage of the
southern aspect’. Both plots still have mature trees on the southern boundary, although not as many
as previously. For these houses to enjoy their southerly view they would need to take down further
trees but these are also the trees that Mr Houghton states provide screening of the houses. Mr
Houghton also states that the houses will be of a passive type. An open southerly aspect is necessary
for a passive house and again would require many of the remaining trees to be removed.  In its
reasons for refusal the planning authority stated that it is contrary to Policy 40A Forest and
Woodland Strategy which seeks to protect existing trees and woodland. Many trees have already
been removed from this site and to lose any more trees would further impact both the local amenity
and the wildlife. Whilst we welcome the suggestion of more trees to be planted this should not be a
reason to remove mature trees already there.
Mr Houghton has mentioned that adding an additional passing place on the private drive is not
possible. We did not ask for this. Should these applications be passed we asked for additional and
922

Page 239

appropriate passing places to be installed on the U213 as those few already in place do not cope
with traffic trying to pass as evidenced by the severe damage done to the roadside verges and they
are too small for the type of traffic on this road because of the farms and equestrian businesses
which generate large vehicular traffic. This is consistent with other planning applications approved
on this road.
Yours faithfully
Jan and Graham Pye
923

Page 240

924

Page 241

925

Page 242

926

Page 243

927

Page 244

Planning & Development     
Perth & Kinross Council      
Pullar House       
35 Kinnoull Street      
Perth PH1 5GD 
By email only: planninglrb@pkc.gov.uk     14th December 2022     
Dear Sir / Madam,      
Ref: Planning Applications 22/01009/IPL and 22/01010/IPL
It was re-assuring to see the original Planning applications were reviewed in detail to ensure
compliance with the local planning policies and guidance. Our original comments were to simply to
allow you to understand the full history to the site/s and the full implications of the currently proposed
developments. We are currently unaware of any material consideration to overturn your original
refusal as detailed within your Delegated Report. 
In line with that and upon reviewing the applicants’ recent additional submissions, we have set out
our own supplementary comments on these documents and the current policies below to support
your original decision.
POLICY 19, HOUSING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE, OF THE PERTH AND KINROSS LOCAL DEVELOPMENT
PLAN 2 (2019) AND THE ASSOCIATED HOUSING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE SUPPLEMENTARY GUIDANCE
(MARCH 2020):
The decision notice wording is very clear:
The formation of a house plot to the southeast of Tethyknowe House does not respect
the character and form of the existing group sitting awkwardly in relation to existing
housing to the north and east. Development here, along with the proposed site to the
west (application no. 22/01009/IPL) would engulf and surround Tethyknowe House and
would not integrate into the existing layout and building pattern. Development would
detract from the visual amenity of the group when viewed from the wider landscape. In
addition with the plot being forward of the principal elevation of Tethyknowe House,
along with the road layout, a high standard of residential amenity may not be provided
for both the existing and new housing.
Having reviewed all documentation thoroughly, we have not been presented with anything that
constitutes a material consideration to overturn the original decision. 
Below is photograph from the public road taken on 12th December 2022.
928

Page 245

The above photo is also provided to aid consideration and support the original decision on the basis
that development at these sites would be contrary to Policy 19, Housing in the Countryside, of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) and the associated Housing in the Countryside
Supplementary Guidance (March 2020), principally:
 New housing will respect the character, scale and form of the existing group, and will
be integrated into the existing layout and building pattern.
 New housing will not detract from the visual amenity of the group when viewed from
the wider landscape
 The scale, layout and design of the proposal must be appropriate to, and have a good
fit with, the landscape character of the area in which it is located. It must demonstrate
a specific design approach that not only integrates the development within its setting
but also enhances the surrounding environment. Buildings should be sympathetic in
terms of scale and proportion to other buildings in the locality. Open space and
garden ground associated with the proposal should be considered as an integral part
of the development. 
No1 Tethyknowe Steading and Tethyknowe House are the front line of the building group when facing
the public road. The west application would bring the front line of the building group forward onto
the road side. Therefore these applications will not integrate into the existing layout and building
pattern and be contrary to the above policy. 
The local authority’s original decision is clearly supported by the above policy wording and points
raised in our original submission letter/s dated 20th July 2022 and this letter. 
929

Page 246

BROWNFIELD CLASSIFICATION (AS PER PKC’s HOUSING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE SUPPLEMENTARY
GUIDANCE 2020)
Neither of these sites falls within the ‘brownfield’ guidance of PKC’s Housing in the Countryside
Supplementary Guidance 2020.
Proposals for brownfield sites which still contain buildings will be considered under
category 4 or 5. Proposals for brownfield sites where buildings have been removed will
be considered under category 6.
It has been agreed that applications do not meet category 4 or 5 principally due to existing buildings
being on site and ‘allowing the replacement of non-traditional buildings creates a residential use where
one previously did not exist’.
Further, these applications do not meet category 6 as buildings remain on site and are being allowed
to fall into disrepair; ‘Definition of Rural Brownfield Land For the purposes of this Guidance ‘Rural
Brownfield Land’ is defined as: Derelict land which was at one time occupied by buildings or structures,
but these have now been removed’. 
Even if either or both sites were considered under Category 6 (which they cannot be), the guidance is
clear, and a review of the ground contamination would have to highlight significant hazards: 
Even sites where some contamination is present may not require to be remediated if
there is no significant risk to human health or the wider environment. This category of
the policy is not intended to allow the redevelopment of sites like these, nor is it
intended to permit the redevelopment of sites for housing where buildings have simply
been allowed to fall into disrepair.
Upon review of the engineering report, the findings cannot be interpreted as being ‘significant risks’
for the following reasons:
 Recording of three domestic above ground oil tanks with no signs of leakage (no ground
contamination) and two are bunded.
 A forklift being on site (the relevance of this is unclear, it could be removed quite easily and
should not be a material consideration for Planning)
 An ‘assumed’ separator (Planning cannot be determined nor overturned on assumptions)
 Lack of evidence of inspection of construction or condition of ‘assumed separator’ *1
 Said ‘assumed’ separator being “a risk of a source” *2
 Report prepared “with hearsay from the previous owner”.
*1 – There is no evidence of the ‘assumed’ separator’s construction or condition. The report
“understands the construction to be” further “It is unknown of the maintenance history or
construction of the separator” (page 11) and there are no photographs to suggest it has been
inspected nor to confirm its condition is either good or bad and/or it has leaked or simply been poorly
maintained by the owner, which would be their responsibility under SEPA regulations. 
*2 - The report states an oil separator as being high risk although in the same paragraph it states,
“Access was limited at the time of the survey, but it is assumed that the separator has an increased
risk of being a source”. Designation of Brownfield and/or Contaminated land cannot be determined
due to “a risk of a source” which is effectively a ‘potential for a source’, not a source nor a significant
hazard. Brownfield / contaminated land nor Planning consent can be determined upon an ‘assumption
of a risk’ or any assumption for that matter.
930

Page 247

Should further support be required, Category 6 Guidance states that ‘significant risk to human health
or the wider environment’ must exist. Below is the table of soil test results (taken directly from the
submitted report). 
The far right hand side column states that the 4nr test results are ‘Inert’ i.e. non-hazardous and not
significant risk to human health or the wider environment. 
The report also states that the clay soil found throughout both plots would be expected to contain any
existing escaped contamination within it (not create a significant wider environmental hazard) IF the
assumed separator was to leak / overspill through lack of maintenance. In essence, there is currently
no available evidence of significant existing ground contamination and even if there was to be in future
it would be contained by the natural soils and/or as a result of it being allowed to run-off from the
surface to the ground. The surface risks can also currently be removed from site. 
In summary, our understanding is that the engineering report does not conclusively determine there
is below ground contamination on either site. There is therefore no significant risk to human health
or the wider environment and so there is no evidence to support a claim for Category 4, 5 or 6
development on site.
Overturning the current decision based on the evidence provided would be unjustifiable and set an
unhelpful precedent. The local authority’s position should be maintained on merit and is fully
justifiable under the current Planning policies. 
931

Page 248

OWNERSHIP / ACCESS RIGHT
The matter of ownership and access is not a concern of the local authority however we feel it is
important for the local authority to be given a clear, transparent, and factual position given it has
formed part of the applicants’ review. 
The applicants submitted plan (above) showing the blue (ownership) and red (site) boundaries is still
incorrect and misleading. The applicant’s ownership is Tethyknowe House, gardens and a strip of
woodland only from the south verge of the existing private drive to the south fence line. The blue line
site should clearly show this for Planning application compliance and for clarity to assess applications. 
The applicants Planning Review Statement: Page 2, paragraph 5 & 6 – Paragraph 5 states Tethyknowe
House is part of the Building Group and Paragraph 6 states the ‘private road is owned by all the
properties forming the Building Group’. This is factually incorrect.
Should it be required and/or should this point continue to be documented incorrectly, we can provide
copies of Title Deeds to show sole owners of the private drive from the public road are the No’s 1-6
Tethyknowe Steadings in common only. In the meantime, this is supported and agreed within the
applicant’s own solicitor letter. The applicant does not have any ownership whatsoever over the
private access road. Nor do we (No1, as a co-owner) have any intention of agreeing additional access
(as required for increased dwellings) which could make us silently complicit to breach of the local
planning policies (by us granting access it has potential for breach of the policies contained within this
letter). 
With regard access rights, we maintain and hold supporting legal opinion/s that confirm our original
position. As above, we appreciate this is of no material consideration for the Planners so to save you
from lengthy legal jargon, we have summarised our solicitor’s legal opinion below:
Whilst there is an existing access right for Tethyknowe House (which is uncontested), residential
development at the Tethyknowe House site to erect two additional dwelling houses and possibly the
use of construction traffic is not lawful. There is also no legal obligation for this right to be passed to
subsequent additional Titles and a formal servitude right of access over the access roadway from the
proprietors of the various sections of the roadway would have to be formally granted.
932

Page 249

There are obviously two opposing views of the current legal position which will naturally, and
disappointingly, lead to dispute, delays, costs, loss of amenity to the current co-owners should your
original decision be overturned. We appreciate this is not a concern for the Planning Authority
however we believe it is important for the local authority to have a clear understanding of the position
so they can assess the full impact of these developments against the current Planning policies.
The matter has potential to become even more contentious and lead to further loss of woodland
should the Access report item 1.24 (below) come to fruition: ‘potential…to widen the existing route
of access”. This would require the felling of a mature strip of trees and be against Woodland Policies
40A & 40B. 
It also, alarming to note the applicant would ‘wish to put several new houses on the dormant
tenement’. 
Although slightly irrelevant, there is an anomaly in the applicants ‘access rights’ report. The land
registry of Scotland records the title referenced ‘KNR2961’ (in item 1.23 from the screengrab above)
as being 2 CAMERON AVENUE, KINROSS, KY138BG, not Tethyknowe House, nor No3 Tethyknowe
Steading. A screengrab from the Scottish Land Registry is below. 
933

Page 250

Policy 40A, Forest and Woodland Strategy, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
and Policy 40B, Trees, Woodland and Development, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development
Plan 2 (2019)
These policies seek to protect existing trees and woodland and state that there will be a presumption
in favour of protecting woodland resources. We would agree that it has not been demonstrated that
development of the site can be achieved without significant impact on the existing woodland resource
which would be contrary to existing policies. 
The submitted tree survey report highlights that the existing trees on site (excluding 5nr circled red)
should all be maintained/protected together with highlighting areas of root protection radius’ (RPR’s)
during any potential construction works (extract from the tree survey, as submitted): 
“RPR’s - indicating the minimum around a tree deemed to contain sufficed roots and
rooting volume to maintain the tree’s viability, and where the protection of the roots and
soil structure is treated as priority.”
Within these areas:
• No mechanical excavation whatsoever 
• No excavation by any other means without arboricultural site supervision 
• No alteration of levels for any purpose (except the removal of grass sward using hand
tools)
The indicative site plans submitted do not show the root protection radius (RPR’s), they show only the
tree crowns (a smaller radius). To allow the local authority to accurately assess the impact of
development on the site in line with Policies 40A and 40B the RPR’s (ranging from 2.5m to 13.2m out
from the trees) and/or the Root Protection Areas (ranging from 20m2 to 547.5m2) should be shown
on the indicative site plans so permission is not granted that would unintentionally be contrary to
these woodland policies. All figures taken from pages 36-37 of the submitted tree survey. Overleaf are
the images submitted as part of these planning applications. 
934

Page 251

Image 1 (Tree protection areas, including root protection (no excavation) areas 
Image 2 (Indicative Site Plan, as applied, showing tree crown only not the RPR’s) 
935

Page 252

Image 3 (Indicative Site Plan, as applied showing tree crown only not the RPR’s) 
Image 1 is of critical consideration to ensure the recommendations in the tree survey report are
followed as well as complying with Policy 40A and 40B.
When considering Image 1 (critically the areas hatched in grey) against image 2 and 3, the resultant
area remaining to accommodate the proposed dwellings is reduced significantly. The only remaining
area to excavate and locate dwellings would be much closer to Tethyknowe House (in fact within its
own existing garden space). That would result in even further engulfing and surrounding of
Tethyknowe House (and/or the significant loss of trees / wildlife and loss of amenity) than first
indicated in the original Planning application. Considering that point, of which the applications were
prior determined, it would be our view that the recent supplementary information submitted has
verified the local authorities position that the applications should be refused.
To supplement that view, siting of dwellings and the resultant design to fit within the remaining area
would also be contrary to Policy 19, Housing in the Countryside, of the Perth and Kinross Local
Development Plan 2 (2019) and the associated Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance
(March 2020):
Permission will be granted for houses within building groups providing it can be
demonstrated that:
•  New housing will respect the character, scale and form of the existing group, and will be
integrated into the existing layout and building pattern.
 iii) The scale, layout and design of the proposal must be appropriate to, and have a good
fit with, the landscape character of the area in which it is located. It must demonstrate
a specific design approach that not only integrates the development within its setting
but also enhances the surrounding environment. Buildings should be sympathetic in
terms of scale and proportion to other buildings in the locality. Open space and garden
ground associated with the proposal should be considered as an integral part of the
development. 
936

Page 253

The deviation from the professional recommendation and non-compliance with Policies 40A and 40B
would be even worse if compared with the building outlines shown on the Corebook Engineering
location plan (below), however we presume these locations are now out of date. 
Page 4 of the applicants Local Review Statement:
Trees – Trees have been removed by the previous owner from within the garden of
Tethyknowe House. This did not require any consent from the local authority, and is
exempt from the need for a felling license, although the tree consultant, and contractor,
did the work followed advice from Scottish Forestry. Only trees that were recommended
for removal by the tree consultant were felled.
The claim that the tree felling was undertaken “by the previous owner” is dubious given the
developers Project Manager was on site each day during the felling (see appendix A) and that he was
contacted directly by Scottish Forestry to halt the felling. 
We would respectfully encourage the local authority to seek evidence from the applicant and their
agent to support their claim that the recent significant tree felling on the site/s (carried out prior to
the submitted tree survey) “followed advice from Scottish Forestry”. We have attached emails /
evidence (see Appendix A) to support that it was actually a fellow resident of Tethyknowe Steadings
that reported it to Scottish Forestry who in turn halted the felling ‘with immediate effect’.
Independent of who carried out the felling we also query the applicant’s agent statement that it was
“exempt from a felling licence”. It has been established (Appendix A) that Scottish Forestry became
aware, contacted the current applicant and immediately halted the felling.  If no licence was required,
why did the felling stop immediately after his visit? And how did the current applicant halt the felling
(when notified by Scottish Forestry) if it was all done by the previous owner? 
937

Page 254

Appendix A evidence’s the points raised above; that a current resident of Tethyknowe Steadings 
initially contacted Scottish Forestry who then contacted the current owner (current applicant) and
halted the works with immediate effect:
1. Hugh McNish (Scottish Forestry, Regulation and Development Manager) was contacted on the
7th September 2021
2. Mike Strachan (Operations and Development Officer for Scottish Forestry) contacted the
current developer and halted the felling with immediate effect on the 14th September 2021
3. No further tree felling took place after 14th September 2021.
A further key consideration for complying with Policy 40A and 40B is the siting of treatment plants
and/or septic tanks. Both or either houses would require a new treatment plant (shared or otherwise)
out with the RPR’s (areas hatched in grey on image 1). The current regulations for treatment plants
and/or septic tanks are that they must be a minimum of 5m from dwellings and 5m from boundaries
under the Water Environment (Controlled Activities) (Scotland) Regulations 2011. It has not been
established how a high standard of residential amenity will be provided for both the existing and new
houses given the excavation restrictions (as per the tree survey) without a further risk of significant
loss of trees / wildlife, amenity, overcrowding the site and being contrary to the Policies noted
throughout this letter.
Given the above (to protect woodland resource / restricted areas for construction / required scale of
the dwellings and gardens to meet policy / potential harm to biodiversity) we would strongly agree
with the local authorities view that these applications are contrary to the following policies: 
 Placemaking Policies 1A and 1B of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019), 
 Policy 19, Housing in the Countryside, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2
(2019) and the associated Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance (March 2020)
 Policy 39, Landscape, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
 Policy 40B, Trees, Woodland and Development, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development
Plan 2 (2019)
 Policy 40A, Forest and Woodland Strategy, of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2
(2019) 
938

Page 255

Policy 41 (Biodiversity) and Ecology
We would raise the below points for consideration in reference to the ecology reports submitted by
the applicant.
Bats (Ecology Report Section 3.2.2.1)
The outbuildings are low in nature, of timber and corrugated iron construction and lack
enclosed loft voids favoured by bats. They were considered to have negligible suitability
for roosting bats.
Negligible does not conclude ‘no bats’ and has potential to contravene Bat Conservation Trust
guidance without conclusive evidence. 
The mature trees within the mature shelterbelt of mixed wood at western and southern
extents of the garden are to also be considered of an age to have developed features
favoured by roosting bats. 
Further supporting evidence for compliance with the local authority’s 40A and 40B Woodland polices
and Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plan.
Bats (Nov’ 22 Ecology Report Section 4.1, Page 8)
It is understood all existing trees will be retained under the proposals. It is advised that
as a minimum 10m distance is maintained from the footprint of the works to the existing
trees and that this boundary is demarcated prior to the commencement of any works by
Heras fencing or similar.
The above requirement alongside the requirement to maintain all existing trees (excluding 5nr) will
affect the siting of the proposed dwellings. Any dwelling would need to be sited “a minimum of 10m
from any tree” as per the ecology report submitted. Consideration should be given as to whether
dwellings are possible within the proposed sites without contravening the woodland policies 40A and
40B (the root protection zones) and Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plan. The
locations of the proposed dwellings are provided below for reference. 
Tethyknowe House is considered to be of High Suitability for supporting roosting bats. This
would trigger the need for three emergence/return survey visits under Bat Conservation
Trust. The survey window for undertaking this work is May – September inclusive, but at
least two of the survey visits would need to take place between May and August. There
should also be a minimum of two weeks between each survey. (MARCH ECOLOGY REPORT)
939

Page 256

We also suggest it is established whether three surveys have been carried out as per the above and
requirements or just the one survey on the 16th of August 2022 (as reported in the latest ecology report,
Page 2) and other in December 2021 (during the bat hibernation period). Without the three required
surveys, the Bat Conservation Trust guidelines would be in breach.
Red Squirrels (Ecology Report Section 4.2)
The mature trees on site provide a food source and continued opportunities for drey
making. It is advised that as a minimum 10m distance is maintained from the footprint of
the works to the existing trees and that this boundary is demarcated prior to the
commencement of any works by Heras fencing or similar. 
Given the minimum 10m distance from a tree, consideration should be given as to whether dwellings
are possible within the proposed sites without with contravening the woodland policies 40A and 40 B
and Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plan.
Birds (Ecology Report Section 3.2.5)
‘Given the time of year (December) a breeding bird survey was not undertaken. The trees
in Tethyknowe House garden are likely to support nesting birds during the breeding
season (April – August)
Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plan should be considered in line with this.
Invasive Species (Ecology Report 4.4)
Two stands of the invasive species Himalayan balsam were recorded on site during the August 2022
visit, which were not observed in December 2021 due to the die back of his species within winter
months. Himalayan balsam is listed as an invasive species on schedule 9 of the Wildlife and
Countryside Act and under the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 (WANE Act), it
is illegal to cause the spread of this species in the wild.
Nature Scotland lists this species as being:
“one of the four invasive plants that cause the most damage” (alongside Japanese Knotweed).
“Invasive non-native plants invade habitats, spread quickly and outcompete native vegetation. Some
can be destructive, causing riverbanks, built structures and surfaces to destabilise. A few can adversely
human and animal health.”
We would contest that only two strands of Himalayan Balsam were witnessed. We have record
photographs of it growing throughout the mutual boundary to the north and west. 
Himalayan Balsam grows in dense clumps smothering native plants and reducing biodiversity which
would be contrary to Policy 41 should Planning consent be granted where these is a risk of further
spread of this invasive and destructive species. 
Other
Storm water discharge is proposed to be connected “to a watercourse using an existing pipe”. The
capacity of the existing pipe should be established to confirm whether it is sufficient without the need
to apply for a new , increased, ‘licence to discharge to an existing watercourse’ from SEPA. It would
be surprising if a discharge pipe leading 160m (to the roughceugh burn) was originally installed (c. 100
years ago) with capacity for additional houses of the scale required by planning policies. SEPA are
currently actively trying to reduce discharges to watercourses and whether they would permit this is
940

Page 257

unknown. SEPA guidance states: It is a requirement for new developments with surface water
drainage discharging to the water environment that such discharges will pass through.
ttps://www.sepa.org.uk/regulations/water/pollution-control/ 
In summary, whilst additional information has been presented, all technical matters have yet to be
conclusively determined and, therefore, all policies in the Local Development Plan are yet to be
satisfactorily complied with. The most significant factor is the minimum 10m distance from a tree to
any ‘works area’ (not just the building footprint) and whether this is practical and achievable without
loss of woodland resource. 
941

Page 258

Other Considerations
Other points we wish to raise to your attention:
1. Kass Ventures Ltd (applicant) and Amal Construction (forestry emails) are owned by the same
person as per Companies House. 
2. Houghton Planning Local Review Statement (Page 2, paragraph 3) requests that the
applications must be considered on their individual merits however these applications cannot
be considered separately due to the combined affect to woodland, wildlife, design,
unsustainable / combined effect to travel patterns, access, potential creation of infill sites,
proposed shared treatment / drainage (SEPA), sympathetic in scale and to the wider landscape
etc. 
3. Although these applications are ‘planning in principle’ we draw your attention to the note on
the Local Review Statement (Page 4): Design – The dwellings do not need to be one and a half
storey, and could be two storeys, and still fit in with the character of the local area. All the
recent houses at Tethyknowe are 1.5 storeys only, not two. Two storey houses would be in
breach of PKC’s Housing in the Countryside Guidance: 
Buildings should be sympathetic in terms of scale and proportion to other buildings in
the locality. Open space and garden ground associated with the proposal should be
considered as an integral part of the development.
4. The sizes of the gardens would also need to be similar in size and character to those currently
at Tethyknowe Steadings to comply with PKC’s LDP and Housing in the Countryside Guidance.
5. A Passive house type will require loss of trees for southern aspect, breaching Polices 40A, 40B
and 41
6. The private road is used daily as a walkway and by children who are collected from the public
road by council provided taxis. This walkway must be protected.
7. Additional houses will put additional strain on the local authority’s obligation to provide taxis
for children and road maintenance.
8. Proposals would undoubtedly encourage unsustainable travel patterns and be in
contravention of the local development plan, housing in the countryside guidance 2020:
‘Proposals in less sustainable locations will only be permitted where the benefits outweigh the
disbenefits, for example, the provision of essential farm worker housing…’ 
9. The proposals will create more traffic on an already busy road with two individual busy equine
centres, a working farm and no existing purpose-built passing places on the current single-
track road. 
10. Page 3 of the submitted Local Review Statement by Houghton Planning - ‘shared driveway’
implies Tethyknowe House co-owns the private driveway. This is factually incorrect as
previously detailed. 
11. A polite ‘housekeeping’ note; Page 4 of the application form states the site cannot be clearly
seen from the road – the site can clearly be seen from the public road as per page 1 of this
letter.
12. The blue and red lines identifying the ‘ownership’ and ‘sites’ are still incorrect and the red
lines still do not align with each other, giving potential for an infill site in the future. 
13. In our opinion, no material evidence has been provided to overturn the original decision. The
proposed residential development of this site (either or both) would clearly be seen from the
road (recent photograph on page 1), would not contribute positively to the local landscape
(appear as overdevelopment) and significantly detract from what is currently a carefully,
sensitive and well considered settlement. The maximum number of dwellings (suitable for the
942

Page 259

site) would have been considered under the original developers’ proposals, the LDP has not
significantly changed, and we see no material justification for these applications which could
lead to significant adverse effects to the local community and council.   
943

Page 260

SUMMARY
The sites do not and cannot accommodate dwellings of a similar scale, layout and design without
materially breaching PKC’s LDP and Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance 2020, Policy
40A (Forest and Woodland Strategy of the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) that
seeks to protect existing trees and woodland), Policy 40B (Trees, Woodland and Development, of the
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)) and Policy 41 (Biodiversity).
The sites do not and cannot sit within a Building Group and they do not meet the criteria to be
categorised as Brownfield under PKC’s Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance 2020. 
Compliance with Policy 41 (Biodiversity) of the PKC Local Development Plan has not been conclusively
established. The legally obligated Conservation of Natural Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 Act
must also be complied with.
The requirements to maintain woodland, the tree root protection zones together with the minimum
5m distances for septic tanks and minimum 10m distances for bats/squirrels significantly restricts
development of these site/s when trying to achieve the necessary scale and design of any dwelling
required under the LDP and Housing in the Countryside Guidance. 
We do not contest that supplementary information has been provided in line with the original decision
notice, it is just the detail of that information does not support the proposed development.
In summary, the local authority’s original decision should be upheld as it is wholly reasonable, fully,
and evidentially supported with no material consideration established to overturn the original
decision. In our considered opinion, these applications are and/or could significantly breach PKC’s
Local Development Plan including the Housing in the Countryside Supplementary Guidance 2020, the
Woodland Policies 40A and 40B and Policy 41 (Biodiversity). 
Yours faithfully
William Lindsay MRICS 
944

Page 261

APPENDIX A 
SCOTTISH FORESTRY EMAILS 
(Electronic copies are available should they be required) 
945

Page 262

EMAIL CHAIN 1 
From: Mark O'Bryen MW
Sent: 13 September 2021 17:00
To: Hugh.Mcnish@forestry.gov.scot
Subject: RE: mature trees being removed  
Hi Hugh  
Can you please confirm if the felling is still actively taking place on the site? Yes
Are the felled trees still on site or have they been removed? Removed immediately
Do you know who the contractor removing the trees is? asked, no reply, unmarked
vehicles
Do you know who owns the land? Scrivener family – there is no one living there any
more. Father is Brian, local, son George.  
They told us they are clearing before developing and applying for planning
permission. 
On site project manager is Alister  alister@amalconstruction.co.uk    
Mark  
MARK O'BRYEN MW
Regional Sales Manager 
07921 473749
01344 871800
From: Hugh.Mcnish@forestry.gov.scot <Hugh.Mcnish@forestry.gov.scot>
Sent: 13 September 2021 14:17
To: Mark O'Bryen MW <markobryen@hatch.co.uk>
Subject: RE: mature trees being removed  
Mark  
I have been passed your enquiry below as it falls within the central conservancy. 
Can you please confirm if the felling is still actively taking place on the site?
Are the felled trees still on site or have they been removed?
Do you know who the contractor removing the trees is?
Do you know who owns the land?  
Any assistance with these questions would be greatly appreciated. 
Thanks  
Hugh  
Hugh McNish
Regulations and Development Manager
946

Page 263

Scottish Forestry
Central Scotland Conservancy | Bothwell House | Hamilton Business Park | Caird Park
Hamilton ML3 0QA
Direct:   0131 370 5304
Mobile:  07768 005502
Email:    hugh.mcnish@forestry.gov.scot  
Website: forestry.gov.scot
Twitter:   @scotforestry   
Scottish Forestry is the Scottish Government agency responsible for forestry policy, support
and regulation.  
In light of the ongoing public health advice to reduce unnecessary social contact during the outbreak
of Covid-19, we have activated our Business Continuity Plan. More information can be found on our
website.     
From: Mark O'Bryen MW <markobryen@hatch.co.uk>
Sent: 07 September 2021 15:38
To: Scottish Forestry Enquiries <scottish.forestry@forestry.gov.scot>
Subject: mature trees being removed  
Good afternoon  
Can you give us some guidance please  
A local developer is removing mature trees from a plot close to us at Tethyknowe House Blairingone
near Dollar FK14 7ND.
We estimate about 40 healthy mature trees so far.  
Please see attached images.  
There will be a significant impact on the environment and wildlife, including red squirrels.  
What is the most effective way to prevent this continuing. TPOs can take months?  
Best regards  
Mark  
6 Tethyknowe Steading Blairingone FK14 7ND 
947

Page 264

948

Page 265

EMAIL CHAIN 2 
From: Mark O'Bryen MW
Sent: 20 September 2021 15:27
To: Mike.Strachan@forestry.gov.scot
Subject: RE: Tree felling  
Good afternoon Mike  
Just to update you, the tree felling appears to have stopped on Thursday afternoon and no further
activity on Friday or at the weekend.  
Did you visit the site last week?  
There is a residents associating made up of the 6 houses connecting with the Tethyknowe House
property. We are meeting on Wednesday this week. We can keep an eye on the property, and I can
feed back any detail to the group from Forestry Scotland.  
I was reminded by one of the neighbours today that during the site tour on 12th July with the
developers that a red squirrel spotted the group including “Ash” and pointed out to him. There are
bird boxes attached to some of the remaining trees.  
We are told today that they the developers have taken possession of the property.  
Best regards  
Mark    
MARK O'BRYEN MW
Regional Sales Manager 
07921 473749
01344 871800
From: Mike.Strachan@forestry.gov.scot <Mike.Strachan@forestry.gov.scot>
Sent: 14 September 2021 13:14
To: Mark O'Bryen MW <markobryen@hatch.co.uk>
Subject: Tree felling  
Mark  
Thanks for getting in touch re this tree felling.  It is not something that we have
approved so we will be starting an investigation.  I have made contact with the
developer requesting that they stop the tree felling with immediate effect and do not
move any of the trees from site.  I would be grateful if you could possibly keep a
discrete eye on this for us until we get down which will hopefully be this week  
Thanks  
mike  
Mike Strachan MICFor
949

Page 266

Scottish Forestry
Operations and Development Officer 
 Perth & Argyll Conservancy | Upper Battleby | Redgorton | PH1 3EN
 : mike.strachan@forestry.gov.scot
Direct: 0131 370 5321
Mobile: 07788190880  
Website:  forestry.gov.scot
Twitter: @scotforestry   
Scottish Forestry is the Scottish Government agency responsible for forestry policy, support and
regulation.  
In light of the ongoing public health advice to reduce unnecessary social contact during
the outbreak of Covid-19, we have activated our Business Continuity Plan. More
information can be found on our website.  
BRAVE values are the roots that underpin Scottish Forestry, to create a workplace where our staff,
and the people we work with, feel valued, supported and respected.  
Be professional, Respect others, Act with honesty and integrity, Value teamwork and collaboration
and Encourage innovation and creativity.  
******************************************************************
***********************************
This e-mail (and any files or other attachments transmitted with it) may contain
confidential or privileged information and  is intended solely for the attention of the
addressee(s). Unauthorised use, disclosure, storage, copying or distribution of any part of
this e-mail is not permitted. If you are not the intended recipient please destroy the
email, remove any copies from your system and inform the sender immediately by
return.
Communications with the Scottish Government and Scottish Forestry may be monitored
or recorded in order to secure the effective operation of the system and for other lawful
purposes. The views or opinions contained within this e-mail may not necessarily reflect
those of the Scottish Government or Scottish Forestry. 
950

Page 267

EMAIL CHAIN 3 
From: Mark O'Bryen MW
Sent: 07 September 2021 10:26
To: Alister@Amal <alister@amalconstruction.co.uk>
Subject: Tethyknowe House  
Good morning Alister  
It is very misleading of you to say that you are not in any way in control of the property – when it is
quite clear that you are managing the clearance for a malconstruction.  
I can’t see any record of any certified tree survey on the relevant websites. Arboricultural impact
studies should be accessible.  Could you please send me a link. I have requested a response from
Perth and Kinross Council.  
Could I please have the reference for the qualified tree surgeon – his vehicles have no contact
details. I estimate up to 40 trees already taken down and removed. How long will the relentless
disturbance of the tree removal last for?  
It is very unusual to purchase a property without the planning permission which will significantly
affect the value of the property.    
Regards  
Mark  O’Bryen       
From: Alister@Amal <alister@amalconstruction.co.uk>
Sent: 06 September 2021 14:08
To: Mark O'Bryen MW <markobryen@hatch.co.uk>
Subject: Re: 6 Tethyknowe Steading  
Good afternoon Mark, 1st and foremost it was not our intention to causes any upset to your wife,
we had been told that you wanted to have a chat with us and since we were visiting the site on the
20th of Aug we took the opportunity to pop in and see if you were available. 
As a mater of an update we have still not concluded our purchase of Thethyknowe and are not in
anyway in control of the property. 
We have however undertaken a tree survey with a qualified tree surgeon and he has made
recommendations to George to dealing with a number of trees that are unsafe due to lack of
maintenance, wind damage or tree rot. 
Until we have concluded the purchase of the property we would not make a planning application,
we have however appointed a local architect who is looking at the development and your concerns
have been made clear to him on positioning of any additional property that we may apply to build. 
Once we have something more solid on a design and layout It would be our preference to catch up
and discuss any issues. Until this is done anything we would have to say would be hypothetical. 
951

Page 268

I am unsure as to the post@ email address that you were given, so have not received any emails
from you till now. 
alister@amalconstruction.co.uk
Ash’s number is 07825525630 
Regards Alister 
952

Page 269

Tethyknowe House, Blairingone, Dollar, FK14 7ND 
Statement in response to third party letters received
The following comments respond to the third party letters received.
Decision-making – It is perfectly right and proper that councillors should consider each Application
separately, and on their own merits. Indeed, each Application has slightly different issues to be
considered, and marginally differing levels of impact on the local area to be discussed. Cumulative
impact only comes into this should both Applications be deemed acceptable, which, of course, the
Applicant hopes is the case, and which the case presented here, in the Local Review Statement, and
the application, has, we say, proven.
Proposed Development – The Applicant has proposed two additional dwellings at Tethyknowe House.
They have no intention of applying for any more. 
There is no ‘smoking gun’ of a possible infill plot between the two proposed plots. The land owned by
the Applicant will all be used as garden ground by Tethyknowe House and the new dwellings, whether
one or two, and landscaped, with new tree planting. 
Those gardens will be more generous than the gardens of some of the existing dwellings at
Tethyknowe Steading, which are substantial dwellings, and where garden ground, and any structural
landscaping, trees, and planting, have been sacrificed to built form. 
In comparison to what exists at Tethyknowe Steading, the proposed Tethyknowe House development
will be far more in keeping with the rural character of the local area, with an appropriate balance
between built form and landscape. 
Furthermore, if councillors consider that the dwellings should be 1.5 storey, then a condition to that
effect would be acceptable to the Applicant. 
Private Road – The Applicant is not claiming to share ownership of the road to the Tethyknowe group.
Instead, the claim being made, as evidenced in the legal opinion submitted with the local review, is
that the Applicant has a right of access that can be shared. Councillors will, therefore, be perfectly
entitled to grant planning permission in line with the case of Grampian Regional Council v Secretary
of State for Scotland and City of Aberdeen District Council (1984). The owners of 1-6 Tethyknowe
Steading may not agree with this, but that is a private law matter, which does not impinge upon
councillors’ determination of this local review. One of the neighbours, at least, seems to accept that. 
The Applicant may, indeed, have the ability to widen the private road within land in their control.
However, the Council’s Transport Planning team have not suggested a requirement for this. The only
condition being to protect the recreational walking route, which can be applied to both Applications.
Tree Felling – It has been conceded that felling took place on site. However, this took place prior to
the Applicant becoming the lawful owner of the site on the 17th of September 2021. The purchase of
the site remained on a knife edge right until this date, with the Applicant one of several parties hoping
to purchase it, and, whilst it is true that a representative of the Applicant was on site when some of
felling was taking place, that person did not commission the felling, and nor was he involved in
directing the contractors on site. That was all done by the previous owner whose sole decision it was
953

Page 270

to fell trees; under advice he had received. The Applicant has done nothing wrong, and the inference,
as such, in the neighbour’s letter should be discounted in its entirety by councillors. 
It is also understood, by the Applicant, that when the individual from Scottish Forestry attended the
site, the previous owner made him aware that the felling was being undertaken within his garden
ground, as he (the previous owner) viewed it. In hindsight, this is not correct, as part of the site was,
at that time, clearly in industrial use. However, whatever the rights and wrongs of this, it is understood
that no further action was taken by Scottish Forestry. 
It is also telling that no issue is raised about this matter in the Reports of Handling whilst no question
has been raised by neighbours, or the case officer, that any of the remaining trees are worthy of
statutory protection, which is the correct decision based upon what now exists on site.
As it stands, and given the exemption from a Felling Licence that applies to felling trees in a garden,
more trees could be felled than have been, again without any consent being required, but the
Applicant has no intention of doing so, despite some Category U trees remaining that the tree survey
recommends for felling. This may change, if consent for one or two new dwellings is forthcoming, and
once micro-siting of those dwellings takes place for the purposes of an Application for Matters
Specified in Conditions. However, indications are, from the Applicant’s own tree consultant, that only
a minimal number of further removals should be required. If that occurs, the Applicant will try to only
remove trees of Category C and below, and Category B trees that are of least amenity importance to
the site. The Applicant will then plant three new heavy standards of an indigenous species within the
site for every single tree removed of whatever category.
It is also hoped that micro siting can occur, and keep houses ten metres from remaining mature
Category B trees. What the neighbour who raises this point has failed to realise is that the houses
shown are indicative. They are indicative in position and in footprint. The actual position and footprint
are both likely to be Matters Specified in Conditions. 
No details on where septic tanks, or pipework, will be installed is currently available. This is quite
normal where an application is in principle only. The Applicant will do everything in their power to
avoid this work having any impact on remaining trees, and the Council will anyway have full control
over these details, as they will undoubtedly be a Matter Specified in Conditions.
Southerly Aspect – One of the neighbours has usefully provided a photograph showing the southerly
view during the winter months, and which shows that, during the winter months, Tethyknowe House
is partially visible. This underlines that the site will receive sun and warmth during the winter months,
when the sun is lower in the sky, and sun and warmth in the summer months when the sun will be
higher, and above the trees. Thus, there is no requirement to remove any Category B or C trees from
this southern boundary, as alleged by neighbours, and the Applicant has no intention of doing so,
unless directed to do so by their tree consultant following consultation with the Council for tree
management reasons. The southerly screening will, therefore, remain intact, and further tree, and
understorey planting, along this boundary is anyway being considered, and can be a condition of
planning permission. 
Passing Places on the U213 – The Council’s Transport Planning team have not objected to either
Application, and have certainly not suggested a need for any additional passing places on the U213. 
954

Page 271

Brownfield Classification – The Applicant, Houghton Planning Ltd, and Corebrook Engineering, can all
attest to the level of surface contamination that existed on the land just prior to the point that the
Applicant took ownership. 
The business operating on site was what can be described as a ‘bad neighbour use,’ and would likely
have fallen within Class 5 (General Industry) of the Use Classes Order. Although the previous owner
removed some of the worst surface contamination, in moving away from the site, and left the site in
a reasonably tidy visual state, which is what the neighbour may have seen, what he will not know
about, as indeed neither does the Applicant at present, is the full extent of below ground
contamination. That will only become known once a full Site Investigation has been conducted, and a
Remediation Strategy prepare, although we do know there is an underground oil separation tank on
the site installed by the previous owner for his business, which will need to be carefully removed. The
indications are that remediation may well be extensive, and potentially expensive to deal with, but it
is too early to say that with any certainty. 
It is also worth noting that one of the neighbours has queried the extent of Himalayan Balsam on site,
suggesting that there is more than indicated in the ecology report. That may well be the case, as the
ecologist is merely commenting on that issue, and was not asked to do a full invasive species survey.
Whatever the situation, however, this adds further weight to the land being brownfield. 
The Applicant’s position remains that part of the site, particularly that part forming the west plot, is
brownfield, and complies with the most recent definition to be found in National Planning Framework
4 – Revised Draft (NPF4), which states that ‘Brownfield Land’ is land “which has previously been
developed. The term may cover vacant or derelict land, land occupied by redundant or unused buildings
and developed land within the settlement boundary where further intensification of use is considered
acceptable.” 
Furthermore, NPF4 supports this proposal under Policy 9a, which states that “Development proposals
that will result in the sustainable reuse of brownfield land including vacant and derelict land and
buildings, whether permanent or temporary, will be supported” and Policy 17a, which states that
“Development proposals for new homes in rural areas will be supported where the development is
suitably scaled, sited and designed to be in keeping with the character of the area and the
development” is “ii. reuses brownfield land where a return to a natural state has not or will not happen
without intervention,” which will not happen here without remediation paid for by the proposed
development. 
955

Page 272

956